1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15391 60707))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
43 Mutate the result." t nil
)
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
66 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 This version was built on $Date: 2002/04/09 18:50:17 $.
70 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
73 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
74 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
76 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
77 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
80 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
82 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
84 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
85 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
87 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
88 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
90 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
91 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
92 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
93 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
94 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
97 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
99 If you use find-file.el:
100 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
102 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
103 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
104 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
106 If you use ada-xref.el:
107 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
108 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
109 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
114 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
117 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
118 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
122 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
123 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
126 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
127 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
128 Completion is available." t nil
)
132 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
133 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
134 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
135 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415))
136 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
139 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
142 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
143 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
146 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
147 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
149 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
171 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
173 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
175 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
176 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
177 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
179 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
180 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
184 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
188 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
190 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
191 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
192 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
193 the change log file in another window." t nil
)
194 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
196 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
197 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
198 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
199 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
200 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
201 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
203 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
204 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
206 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
207 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
209 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
210 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
212 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'
224 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
226 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
227 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
228 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
229 the appropriate motion commands).
231 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
232 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
234 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
235 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
239 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
240 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15391
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
245 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
256 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
257 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
258 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
259 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
260 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
261 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
262 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
264 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
265 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
266 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
267 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
268 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
269 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
270 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
271 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
272 will be overwritten with the new one.
273 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
274 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
275 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
277 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
278 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
279 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
281 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
282 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
285 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
286 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
287 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
288 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
289 see also `ad-add-advice'.
290 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
291 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
292 before/around/after-advices will be used.
293 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
294 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
295 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
296 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
297 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
298 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
300 Semantics of the various flags:
301 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
302 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
303 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
305 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
306 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
308 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
309 advised function should be compiled.
311 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
312 during activation until somebody enables it.
314 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
315 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
316 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
317 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
319 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
320 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
321 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
322 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
323 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
326 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
330 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
331 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
332 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15464 26322))
333 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
335 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
336 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
337 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
338 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
339 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
340 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
341 rule's `separate' attribute).
343 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
344 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
345 `separate' attribute set.
347 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
348 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
349 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
350 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
352 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
353 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
354 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
355 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
356 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
357 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
358 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
359 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
360 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
361 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
364 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
365 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
369 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
372 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
373 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
374 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
376 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
377 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
378 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
379 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
380 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
381 align that section." t nil
)
383 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
384 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
385 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
386 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
387 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
388 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
389 been used to align that section." t nil
)
391 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
392 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
393 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
394 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
395 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
396 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
397 to be colored." t nil
)
399 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
400 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
402 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
403 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
408 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15464 26331))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
410 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
412 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
413 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
414 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
415 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
416 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
417 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
419 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
421 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
423 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
427 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
428 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425))
429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
431 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
432 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
433 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
434 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
435 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
436 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
437 in the current window." nil nil
)
439 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
440 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
441 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil
)
443 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
444 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil
)
448 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
449 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15391 60505))
450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
452 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
453 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
455 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
456 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
458 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
459 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
460 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
461 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
463 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
464 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
466 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
470 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
471 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15417 7450))
472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
474 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
475 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
476 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
477 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
478 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
481 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
482 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
483 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
486 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
487 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
488 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
489 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
491 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
492 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
493 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
495 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
496 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
497 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
501 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
502 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
503 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
504 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15391 60522))
505 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
507 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
508 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
509 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
510 as the first thing on a line.")
512 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
513 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
515 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
516 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
518 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
519 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
521 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
522 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
524 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
525 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
527 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
528 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
530 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
531 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
532 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
534 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
535 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
536 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
538 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
539 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
541 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
542 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
543 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
544 put in the appointments list.
548 10:00am group meeting
549 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
550 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
551 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
555 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
556 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15425
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
560 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
561 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
563 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
565 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
566 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
567 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
568 normal variables." t nil
)
570 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
572 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
573 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
574 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
575 noninteractive functions.
577 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
578 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
580 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
581 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
583 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
584 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
586 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
587 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
588 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
589 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
590 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
592 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
593 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
594 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
595 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
597 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
601 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15505
603 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
605 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
606 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
607 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
608 Letters no longer insert themselves.
609 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
610 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
612 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
613 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
616 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
620 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15427 61500))
621 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
623 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
624 Major mode for editing arrays.
626 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
627 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
628 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
630 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
632 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
633 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
634 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
636 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
637 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
638 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
639 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
642 Variables you assign:
643 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
644 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
645 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
646 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
647 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
648 row numbers in the buffer.
650 Variables which are calculated:
651 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
652 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
654 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
655 take a numeric prefix argument):
657 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
658 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
659 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
660 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
662 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
663 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
664 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
665 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
667 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
669 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
672 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
673 between that of point and mark.
675 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
676 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
678 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
679 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
680 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
681 newlines inside rows)
683 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
685 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
689 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15505
691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
693 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
694 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
695 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
696 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
698 How to quit artist mode
700 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
703 How to submit a bug report
705 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
708 Drawing with the mouse:
711 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
712 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
716 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
719 Operation Not shifted Shifted
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Line Line in any direction Straight line
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Rectangle Rectangle Square
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
737 --------------------------------------------------------------
738 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
740 --------------------------------------------------------------
741 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
742 --------------------------------------------------------------
743 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
744 --------------------------------------------------------------
746 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
748 --------------------------------------------------------------
750 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
753 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
754 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
755 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
756 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
759 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
760 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
761 overwrite means the opposite.
763 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
764 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
765 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
767 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
769 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
770 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
772 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
773 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
774 are currently drawing something.
776 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
780 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
781 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
786 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
788 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
790 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
792 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
794 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
795 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
797 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
802 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
803 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
804 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
805 When erase characters: toggles erasing
806 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
809 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
811 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
813 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
814 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
815 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
816 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
817 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
818 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
823 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
824 of the line/poly-line
826 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
827 of the line/poly-line
832 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
834 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
835 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
837 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
838 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
839 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
841 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
842 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
844 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
848 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
851 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
853 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
858 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
859 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
861 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
862 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
863 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
864 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
865 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
866 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
867 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
868 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
869 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
870 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
871 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
872 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
874 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
875 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
876 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
877 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
878 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
879 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
883 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
884 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
889 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
893 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371
895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
897 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
898 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
899 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
901 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
902 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
906 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
907 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
909 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
910 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
912 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
920 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
921 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
924 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
927 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
928 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
932 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
933 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
934 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
936 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
937 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
938 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
940 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
942 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
944 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
946 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
947 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
948 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
950 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
951 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
952 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
953 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
954 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
955 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
958 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
959 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
960 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
961 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
962 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
964 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
966 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
967 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
968 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
970 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
972 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
974 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
976 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
977 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
978 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
979 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
980 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
981 &c to supply digit arguments.
983 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
987 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
988 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
991 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
992 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
996 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
997 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15400 1471))
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1000 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1001 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1002 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
1004 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1005 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1006 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1007 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
1009 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1010 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1011 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1013 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1015 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1017 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
1019 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1020 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1021 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1022 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1024 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1025 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1030 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (15441 20092))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1034 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1035 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1036 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1037 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil
)
1039 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
1040 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1041 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1043 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1044 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1045 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1049 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1050 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15542 65289))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1053 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1054 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1055 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1070 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1071 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1072 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1074 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1076 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1078 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1080 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1081 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1083 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1084 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1085 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1089 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1090 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415))
1091 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1093 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1094 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1095 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1097 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1099 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1101 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1103 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1104 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1105 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1106 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1108 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1109 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1110 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1112 Effects of the different modes:
1113 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1114 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1115 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1116 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1117 a random distance & direction.
1118 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1119 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1120 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1122 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1124 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1125 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1126 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1134 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1135 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1136 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1137 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1138 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1140 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1145 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1148 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1149 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1151 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1152 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1156 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1157 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1158 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1159 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1161 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1163 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1168 ;;;;;; (15391 60505))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1171 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1172 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1173 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1174 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1176 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1177 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1178 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1179 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1180 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1185 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1189 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1190 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1192 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1193 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1195 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1199 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1201 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1202 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1203 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1204 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1205 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1207 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1208 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1209 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1210 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1211 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1212 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1214 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1215 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1219 Special information:
1221 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1223 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1224 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1225 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1226 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1227 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1228 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1230 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1231 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1233 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1234 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1235 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1236 bibtex-entry-format.
1237 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1238 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1239 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1241 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1244 The following may be of interest as well:
1252 bibtex-complete-string
1254 bibtex-print-help-message
1255 bibtex-generate-autokey
1256 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1258 bibtex-reposition-window
1260 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1262 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1268 bibtex-convert-alien
1271 bibtex-field-delimiters
1272 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1273 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1274 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1276 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1277 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1278 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1279 bibtex-predefined-strings
1282 ---------------------------------------------------------
1283 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1286 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15464 26329))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1293 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1297 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400
1299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1301 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1303 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1307 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1308 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1309 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1310 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1311 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1316 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1317 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1320 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1323 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1324 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1326 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1327 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1329 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1330 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1331 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1332 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1333 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1334 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1338 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1340 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1341 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1342 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1343 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1345 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1346 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1347 denoted by the letter `R'.
1349 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1350 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1351 denoted by the letter `H'.
1353 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1356 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1357 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1358 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1359 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1360 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1361 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1364 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1365 degree deflection it causes.
1368 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1371 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1378 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1379 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1382 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1383 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1385 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1391 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1392 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1393 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1394 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1395 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1396 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1397 emerging from the box.
1399 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1401 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1406 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1407 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1410 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1411 a reflection." t nil
)
1415 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1416 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1420 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471))
1421 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1422 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1426 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1427 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1428 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1429 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1430 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1431 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1433 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1435 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1437 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1439 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1441 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1443 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1445 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1447 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1449 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1451 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1453 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1455 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1457 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1459 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1460 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1461 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1462 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1463 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1464 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1465 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1466 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1469 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1470 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1471 yank successive words.
1473 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1474 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1475 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1476 name of the file being visited.
1478 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1479 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1480 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1482 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1483 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1484 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1485 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1486 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1489 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1490 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1491 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1492 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1494 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1495 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1496 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1497 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1498 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1500 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1501 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1502 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1503 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1505 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1507 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1508 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1509 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1510 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1512 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1513 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1514 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1516 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1517 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1520 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1521 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1522 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1523 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1524 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1528 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1529 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1530 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1531 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1532 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1533 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1534 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1536 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1537 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1538 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1540 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1541 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1542 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1543 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1546 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1547 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1548 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1549 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1550 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1552 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1553 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1554 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1555 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1557 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1558 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1559 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1560 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1561 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1564 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1565 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1566 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1567 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1568 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1571 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1572 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1573 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1574 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1577 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1578 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1579 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1580 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1582 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1584 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1586 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1587 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1588 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1589 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1590 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1593 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1594 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1595 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1597 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1598 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1599 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1600 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1601 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1604 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1605 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1606 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1608 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1609 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1610 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1612 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1613 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1614 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1616 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1617 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1618 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1619 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1620 prompts for NEWNAME.
1621 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1622 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1623 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1625 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1626 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1629 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1630 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1631 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1633 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1634 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1635 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1636 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1637 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1638 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1640 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1641 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1642 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1644 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1646 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1658 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1660 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1662 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1664 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1666 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1671 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1680 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15517 64423))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1683 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1684 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1685 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1686 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1688 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1689 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1690 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1691 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1692 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1694 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1695 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1697 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1698 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1700 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1701 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1702 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1703 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1704 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1706 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1707 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1708 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1710 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1711 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1713 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1714 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1715 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1716 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1717 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1718 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1722 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1723 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1726 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1727 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1730 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1735 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1737 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1738 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1739 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1740 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1742 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1743 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1744 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1745 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1746 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1749 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1750 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1751 Default to the URL around or before point.
1753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1754 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1755 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1756 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1761 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1762 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1764 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1765 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1766 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1767 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1769 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1770 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1771 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1772 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1780 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1782 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1783 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1784 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1785 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1787 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1788 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1790 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1791 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1792 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1793 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1795 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1796 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1797 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1798 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1800 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1801 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1802 new tab in an existing window instead.
1804 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1805 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1807 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1808 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1809 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1810 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1812 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1813 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1814 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1815 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1817 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1818 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1820 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1821 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1823 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1824 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1825 program is invoked according to the variable
1826 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1828 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1829 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1830 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1831 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1833 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1834 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1836 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1837 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1838 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1840 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1841 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1842 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1843 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1845 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1846 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1847 Default to the URL around or before point.
1849 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1850 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1851 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1853 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1854 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1855 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1856 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1858 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1859 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1861 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1862 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1863 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1867 Default to the URL around or before point.
1869 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1870 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1871 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1873 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1874 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1878 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1879 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1881 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1882 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1883 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1884 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1885 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1887 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1888 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1889 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1890 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1892 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1893 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1894 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1895 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1897 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1898 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1900 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1901 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1902 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1904 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1905 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1906 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1907 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1908 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1911 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1912 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1913 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1914 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1916 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1917 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1919 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1920 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1921 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1922 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1923 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1924 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1926 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1927 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1928 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1932 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400
1934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1936 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1937 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1939 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1940 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1945 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1948 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1949 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1950 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1951 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1953 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1954 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1955 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1956 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1958 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1959 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1961 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1962 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1964 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1965 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1966 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1967 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1969 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1970 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1971 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1972 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1973 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1977 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1978 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1982 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1983 Keymap used by buttons.")
1985 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1986 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1987 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1989 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1990 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1991 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1992 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1993 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1994 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1996 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1997 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1998 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1999 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2001 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2002 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2003 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2004 specifying properties to add to the button.
2005 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2006 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2007 `define-button-type'.
2009 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2011 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2012 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2013 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2014 specifying properties to add to the button.
2015 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2016 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2017 `define-button-type'.
2019 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2021 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2022 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2023 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2024 specifying properties to add to the button.
2025 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2026 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2027 `define-button-type'.
2029 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2030 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2031 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2034 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2036 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2037 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2038 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2039 specifying properties to add to the button.
2040 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2041 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2042 `define-button-type'.
2044 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2045 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2046 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2047 `insert-text-button'.
2049 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2053 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2054 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2056 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2057 ;;;;;; (15521 59035))
2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2060 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2061 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2062 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2064 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2065 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2066 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2067 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2069 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2070 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2071 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2072 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2074 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2076 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2077 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2079 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2080 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2081 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2082 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2083 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2085 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2086 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2087 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2088 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2090 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2091 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2092 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2094 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2095 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2096 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2097 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2098 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2099 all functions called by those functions.
2101 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2102 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2105 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2106 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2107 invoked interactively." t nil)
2109 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2110 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2111 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2112 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2114 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2115 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2116 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2117 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2118 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2119 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2120 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2121 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2123 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2124 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2125 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2126 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2133 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2140 ;;;;;; (15533 36798))
2141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2143 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2144 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2145 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2146 from the cursor position." t nil)
2150 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2151 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2152 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15525
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2156 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2157 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2159 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2160 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2162 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2163 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2164 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2165 If nil, use original installation directory.
2166 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2168 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2169 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2171 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2172 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2174 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2175 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2178 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2179 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2181 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2182 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2184 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2185 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2187 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2188 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2190 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2191 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2192 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2193 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2195 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2196 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2197 This is most useful in the X window system.
2198 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2199 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2201 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2202 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2203 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2205 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2206 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2208 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2209 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2211 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2212 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2214 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2215 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2216 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2218 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2223 ;;;;;; (15488 49716))
2224 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2226 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2227 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2231 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15457
2233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2235 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2236 Run the Emacs calculator.
2237 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2241 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2242 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2243 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2244 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2245 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2246 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2247 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2248 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2249 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2250 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2251 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2252 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2253 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2255 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (15533 36800))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2260 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2261 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2262 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2264 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2265 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2266 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2267 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2270 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2271 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2272 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2273 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2274 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2276 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2277 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2278 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2279 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2280 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2281 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2282 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2284 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2285 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2286 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2287 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2288 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2290 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2291 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2292 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2294 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2295 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2296 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2298 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2299 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2300 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2302 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2303 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2304 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2307 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2308 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2309 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2311 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2312 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2313 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2315 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2317 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2318 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2319 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2321 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2324 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2325 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2326 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2328 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2331 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2332 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2333 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2335 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2336 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2337 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2338 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2339 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2341 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2342 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2343 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2344 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2345 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2346 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2347 a function is also provided for this:
2348 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2350 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2351 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2352 date is not visible in the window.
2354 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2355 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2356 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2358 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2359 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2361 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2362 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2363 date is visible in the window.
2365 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2366 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2367 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2369 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2370 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2374 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2376 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2378 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2379 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2381 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2389 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2390 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2391 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2392 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2393 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2394 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2395 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2396 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2399 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2400 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2401 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2409 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2410 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2412 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2413 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2414 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2415 window but will appear in a diary window.
2417 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2418 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2420 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2421 entries (in the default American style):
2423 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2424 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2425 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2427 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2428 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2429 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2430 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2431 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2432 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2433 &* 15 time cards due.
2435 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2436 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2437 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2441 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2442 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2443 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2444 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2445 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2446 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2448 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2449 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2450 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2452 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2454 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2456 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2457 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2458 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2459 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2460 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2461 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2462 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2463 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2464 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2466 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2467 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2468 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2469 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2470 for these functions for details.
2472 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2473 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2475 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2476 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2478 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2479 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2481 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2482 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2484 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2485 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2486 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2488 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2489 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2490 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2492 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2493 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2494 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2495 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2497 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2498 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2499 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2500 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2508 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2509 characters with or without a period.")
2511 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2512 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2513 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2515 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2516 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2517 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2519 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2520 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2521 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2523 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2524 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2525 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2527 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2528 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2529 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2530 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2531 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2532 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2534 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2535 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2536 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2538 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2539 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2540 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2543 #include \"filename\"
2545 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2546 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2547 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2548 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2549 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2551 For example, you could use
2553 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2554 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2555 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2557 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2558 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2559 lexicographic order.")
2561 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2562 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2563 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2565 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2566 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2567 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2570 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2571 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2572 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2573 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2574 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2575 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2576 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2578 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2579 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2580 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2581 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2582 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2583 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2584 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2585 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2587 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2588 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2589 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2590 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2591 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2592 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2594 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2595 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2597 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2598 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2599 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2601 #include \"filename\"
2602 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2603 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2604 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2605 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2606 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2608 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2610 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2611 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2612 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2613 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2615 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2616 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2617 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2620 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2621 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2622 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2623 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2624 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2626 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2628 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2629 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2630 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2632 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2634 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2636 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2638 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2640 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2642 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2644 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2646 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2647 *User defined holidays.
2648 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2650 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2652 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2654 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2656 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2658 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2660 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2662 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2664 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2666 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2668 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2670 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2672 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2674 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2675 *Christian holidays.
2676 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2678 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2680 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2684 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2686 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2687 *Sun-related holidays.
2688 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2690 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2692 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2693 The frame set up of the calendar.
2694 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2695 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2696 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2697 any other value the current frame is used.")
2699 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2700 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2701 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2703 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2704 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15371 46426))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2711 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2712 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2714 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2715 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2717 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2718 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2720 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2721 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2723 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2724 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2726 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2727 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2731 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2732 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2733 ;;;;;; (15417 7450))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2736 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2738 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2739 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2740 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2741 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2742 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2743 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2745 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2747 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2748 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2752 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2754 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2755 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2756 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2757 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2758 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2759 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2762 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2764 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2765 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2766 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2769 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2771 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2772 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2773 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2774 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2775 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2776 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2779 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2781 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2782 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2786 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2788 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2789 Major mode for editing Java code.
2790 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2791 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2792 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2793 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2796 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2798 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2799 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2800 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2801 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2802 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2805 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2807 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2808 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2809 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2810 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2811 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2812 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2815 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2817 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2818 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2819 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2822 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2825 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2826 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2827 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2828 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2829 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2832 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2834 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2835 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2836 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2839 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15371 46426))
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2847 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2848 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2849 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2850 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2851 for details of setting up styles.
2853 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2856 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2857 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2858 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2859 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2862 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2863 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2864 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2866 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2867 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2868 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2869 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2871 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2873 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2874 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2875 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2877 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2878 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2879 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2880 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2881 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15542 65298))
2886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2888 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2889 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2890 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2891 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2892 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2894 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2895 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2897 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2903 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2904 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2907 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2908 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2910 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2911 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2913 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2914 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2916 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2917 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2918 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2919 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2922 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2924 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2925 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2927 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2928 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2932 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2933 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2934 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2937 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2938 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2939 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2940 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2942 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2943 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2946 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2948 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2950 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2953 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2956 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2957 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2958 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2961 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2963 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2964 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2965 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2967 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2969 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2971 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2972 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2974 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2978 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2980 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2982 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2983 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2986 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2987 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2990 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2992 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2993 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2994 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2995 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2996 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2997 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2998 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2999 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3000 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3001 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3002 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3003 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3004 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3005 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3006 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3007 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3010 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3011 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3013 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3014 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3016 | (write EXPRESSION)
3017 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3018 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3021 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3024 ;; Same as: (write string)
3026 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3027 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3028 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3031 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3032 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3033 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3034 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3035 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3036 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3038 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3039 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3041 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3044 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3045 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3046 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3048 ARG := REG | integer
3051 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3054 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3057 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3060 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3061 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3064 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3065 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3066 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3069 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3070 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3071 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3074 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3075 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3077 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3078 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3082 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3083 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3086 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3087 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3092 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3096 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3097 ;; Same meaning as C code
3098 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3100 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3105 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3106 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3109 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3110 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3114 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3118 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3119 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3120 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3122 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3123 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3124 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3125 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3126 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3128 " nil (quote macro))
3130 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3131 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3132 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3133 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3134 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3135 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3137 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3138 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3139 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3141 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3146 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3147 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3148 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3150 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3151 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3152 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3153 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3156 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3157 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3158 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3159 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3161 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3162 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3163 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3164 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3165 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3166 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3167 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3168 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3172 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3173 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3174 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3175 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3176 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3177 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3180 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3181 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3182 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3183 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3186 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3187 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3188 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3189 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3191 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3192 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3193 Only documentation strings are checked.
3194 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3196 a separate buffer." t nil)
3198 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3199 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3201 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3202 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3204 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3205 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3206 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3207 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3208 if there is one." t nil)
3210 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3211 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3212 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3213 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3215 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3217 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3218 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3219 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3221 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3222 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3223 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3224 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3225 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3229 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3230 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3231 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3232 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3234 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3235 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3236 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3237 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3239 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3240 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3241 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3242 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3244 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3246 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3250 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3251 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3254 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3255 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3256 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3257 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3259 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3260 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3261 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3262 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3264 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3265 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3266 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3267 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3269 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3270 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3271 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3272 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3274 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3275 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3276 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3277 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3279 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3280 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3281 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3283 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3284 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3285 checking of documentation strings.
3287 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3292 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15400
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3296 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3297 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3298 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3300 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3301 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3303 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3304 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3305 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3307 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3308 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3313 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15371 46415))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3316 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3317 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3318 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3319 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3320 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3321 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3323 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3324 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3325 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3326 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3327 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3329 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3331 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3332 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3333 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3334 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3335 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3337 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3338 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3339 \\{command-history-map}
3341 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3342 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15391 60525))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3349 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3350 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3351 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3352 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3353 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3354 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3356 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3357 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3361 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3362 ;;;;;; (15505 59087))
3363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3365 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3370 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
3371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3373 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3374 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3375 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3376 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3378 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3379 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3380 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3382 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3383 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400
3389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3391 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3392 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3393 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3394 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3395 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3396 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3402 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3403 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3406 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3407 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3408 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3409 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3410 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3411 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3416 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3417 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15517 64423))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3421 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3422 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3425 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3426 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3427 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3428 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3430 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3431 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3432 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3434 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3436 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3442 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3443 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3445 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3446 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3447 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3449 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3450 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3452 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3453 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3455 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3456 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3457 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3461 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3462 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3463 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3464 ;;;;;; (15542 65290))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3467 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3468 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3469 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3470 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3471 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3472 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3473 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3474 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3476 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3478 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3479 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3481 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3482 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3483 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3484 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3485 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3487 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3489 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3490 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3491 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3492 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3493 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3494 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3497 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3498 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3502 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3503 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3504 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3506 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3508 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3509 Send COMMAND to current process.
3510 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3511 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3513 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3514 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3515 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3516 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15525
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3524 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3525 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3526 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3527 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3529 This command pushes the mark in each window
3530 at the prior location of point in that window.
3531 If both windows display the same buffer,
3532 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3533 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3535 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3536 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3537 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3541 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3542 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3543 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3544 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15542 65298))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3547 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3548 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3550 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3551 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3553 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3554 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3555 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3556 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3557 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3559 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3560 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3561 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3562 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3563 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3565 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3566 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3567 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3568 describing how the process finished.")
3570 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3571 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3572 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3573 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3575 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3576 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3577 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3579 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3580 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3581 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3582 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3584 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3585 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3586 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3587 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3589 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3590 and move to the source code that caused it.
3592 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3593 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3595 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3596 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3597 Then start the next one.
3599 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3600 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3601 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3603 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3604 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3605 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3606 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3607 where grep found matches.
3609 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3610 easily repeat a grep command.
3612 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3613 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3614 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3615 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3617 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3619 Collect output in a buffer.
3620 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3621 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3623 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3624 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3626 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3627 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3628 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3629 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3630 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3632 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3634 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3635 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3636 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3637 See `compilation-mode'.
3638 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3640 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3641 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3643 See `compilation-mode'.
3644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3646 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3647 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3649 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3650 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3652 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3653 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3654 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3655 and start at the first error.
3657 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3658 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3659 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3660 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3661 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3662 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3664 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3665 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3666 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3668 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3669 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3670 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3675 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3678 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3679 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3680 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3682 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3684 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3686 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3688 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3689 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3690 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3692 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3693 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3694 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3695 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3697 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3698 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3699 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3700 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3702 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3703 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3704 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3705 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (15400 1471))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3713 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3714 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3719 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3720 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3721 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3724 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3725 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3726 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3727 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3730 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3732 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3733 | | 1:tc or top-center
3734 | | 2:tr or top-right
3735 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3736 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3737 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3738 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3739 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3740 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3742 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3743 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3744 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3745 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3748 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3749 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3750 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3752 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3756 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3760 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3763 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3764 Compose characters in the current region.
3766 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3768 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3769 specifying the region.
3771 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3772 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3774 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3775 of the text in the region.
3777 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3779 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3780 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3781 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3782 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3784 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3785 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3788 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3789 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3790 text in the composition." t nil)
3792 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3793 Decompose text in the current region.
3795 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3796 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3798 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3799 Compose characters in string STRING.
3801 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3802 the characters in it.
3804 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3805 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3806 STRING respectively.
3808 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3809 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3810 `compose-region' for more detail.
3812 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3813 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3814 text in the composition." nil nil)
3816 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3817 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3819 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3820 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3821 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3822 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3823 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3824 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3825 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3826 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3828 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3829 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3831 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3832 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3834 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3835 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3837 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3838 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3840 If no composition is found, return nil.
3842 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3843 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3845 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3846 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3847 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3849 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3851 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3853 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3854 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3855 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3857 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3859 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3861 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3862 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3864 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3865 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3866 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3867 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3868 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3869 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3870 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3873 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3875 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3876 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3878 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3880 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3881 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3883 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3885 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3886 Compose last characters.
3887 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3888 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3889 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3890 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3891 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3892 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3893 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3894 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3895 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3896 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3897 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3899 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3900 Convert CHAR to string.
3901 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3903 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3904 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3905 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3910 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15391 60712))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3913 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3914 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3915 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3916 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3918 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3919 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3920 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3921 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3923 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3924 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3925 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3926 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3928 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3929 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3934 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3937 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3938 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3939 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3940 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3941 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3942 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3944 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3945 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3950 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3953 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3954 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3955 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3956 Tab indents for Perl code.
3957 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3958 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3960 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3961 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3962 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3963 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3964 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3965 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3966 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3967 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3968 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3969 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3970 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3971 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3973 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3975 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3976 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3978 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3980 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3981 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3982 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3983 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3984 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3985 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3986 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3987 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3988 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3990 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3994 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3995 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3996 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3999 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4000 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4001 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4003 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4005 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4006 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4007 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4008 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4009 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4011 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4021 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4022 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4023 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4024 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4025 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4026 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4027 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4028 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4029 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4030 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4031 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4032 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4033 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4035 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4036 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4037 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4038 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4039 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4040 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4042 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4043 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4046 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4047 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4048 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4049 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4050 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4052 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4053 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4054 span the needed amount of lines.
4056 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4057 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4058 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4059 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4061 Variables controlling indentation style:
4062 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4063 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4065 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4066 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4067 `cperl-auto-newline'
4068 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4069 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4070 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4071 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4072 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4073 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4074 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4075 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4076 `cperl-indent-level'
4077 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4078 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4079 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4080 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4081 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4082 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4083 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4084 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4085 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4086 `cperl-brace-offset'
4087 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4088 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4089 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4090 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4091 `cperl-label-offset'
4092 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4093 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4094 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4096 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4097 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4098 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4099 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4100 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4102 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4103 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4104 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4105 \(both available from menu).
4107 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4108 column 0 is indented on
4109 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4111 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4114 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4115 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4116 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4120 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4121 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4124 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4125 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4126 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4127 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4128 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4130 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4131 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4135 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4136 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
4137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4139 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4140 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4141 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4142 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4145 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4147 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4149 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4151 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4152 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4153 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4155 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (15391 60525))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4163 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4164 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4165 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4166 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4168 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4169 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4170 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4171 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4173 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4174 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4175 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4177 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4178 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4181 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4182 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4183 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4185 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4187 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4188 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4189 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-mark-as-set
4194 ;;;;;; customize-mark-to-save custom-save-all customize-save-customized
4195 ;;;;;; custom-file custom-load-symbol customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4196 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4197 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4198 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4199 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4200 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4201 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4202 ;;;;;; (15483 47733))
4203 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4204 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4206 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4207 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4217 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4218 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4219 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4221 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4222 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4224 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4225 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4227 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4228 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4230 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4231 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4233 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4235 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4236 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4239 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4240 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4242 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4243 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4245 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4246 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4248 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4249 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4251 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4254 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4255 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4256 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4257 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4259 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4260 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4262 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4263 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4265 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4267 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4268 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4270 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4271 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4272 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4273 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4274 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4276 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4277 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4280 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4282 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4283 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4284 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4286 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4287 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4288 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4290 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4291 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4293 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4294 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4296 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4297 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4299 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4300 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4301 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4302 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4303 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4304 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4305 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4307 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4308 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4309 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4311 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4312 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4314 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4315 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4317 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4318 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4319 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4320 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4321 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4322 that option." nil nil)
4324 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4325 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4326 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4327 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4328 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4329 that option." nil nil)
4331 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4332 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4334 (autoload (quote custom-load-symbol) "cus-edit" "\
4335 Load all dependencies for SYMBOL." nil nil)
4337 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4338 File used for storing customization information.
4339 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4340 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4341 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4343 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4344 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4345 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4346 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4348 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4349 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4351 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4352 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4354 (autoload (quote customize-mark-to-save) "cus-edit" "\
4355 Mark SYMBOL for later saving.
4357 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the standard value,
4358 set the `saved-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4359 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4361 To actually save the value, call `custom-save-all'.
4363 Return non-nil iff the `saved-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4365 (autoload (quote customize-mark-as-set) "cus-edit" "\
4366 Mark current value of SYMBOL as being set from customize.
4368 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the saved value if any,
4369 or else if it is different from the standard value, set the
4370 `customized-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4371 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4373 Return non-nil iff the `customized-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4375 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4376 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4377 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4379 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4380 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4381 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4382 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4383 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4387 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4388 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15542 65290))
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4391 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4392 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4394 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4395 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4396 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4398 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4400 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4401 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4402 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4404 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4408 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4409 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
4410 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4412 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4413 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4418 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15542 65299))
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4421 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4422 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4424 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4425 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4426 C++ modes are included.
4428 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4430 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4433 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4434 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4436 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4437 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4438 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4440 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4442 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4444 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4446 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4447 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4448 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4449 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4450 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4454 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4455 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4456 ;;;;;; (15464 26330))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4459 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4460 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4462 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4463 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4465 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4466 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4467 For readability, the table is slightly
4468 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4470 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4471 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4472 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4473 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4474 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4478 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4479 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
4480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4482 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4484 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4486 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4487 Completion on current word.
4488 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4489 and presents suggestions for completion.
4491 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4492 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4495 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4496 then it searches *all* buffers.
4498 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4499 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4501 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4502 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4504 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4505 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4506 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4507 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4508 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4510 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4511 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4513 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4514 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4515 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4517 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4518 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4520 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4524 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15391
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4528 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4529 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4531 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4532 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4533 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4535 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4536 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4537 Data lines are not indented.
4542 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4544 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4545 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4546 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4547 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4549 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4552 Extra indentation within blocks.
4554 dcl-continuation-offset
4555 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4558 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4560 dcl-margin-label-offset
4561 Indentation for a label.
4563 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4564 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4566 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4567 dcl-block-end-regexp
4568 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4569 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4570 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4571 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4572 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4574 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4575 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4576 Two such functions are included in the package:
4577 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4578 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4580 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4581 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4582 One such function is included in the package:
4583 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4585 dcl-tab-always-indent
4586 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4587 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4590 dcl-electric-characters
4591 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4594 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4595 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4596 which words trigger electric indentation.
4599 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4600 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4601 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4603 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4604 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4605 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4606 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4608 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4609 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4610 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4611 dcl-imenu-label-call
4612 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4614 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4615 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4616 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4617 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4620 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4622 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4623 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4624 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4626 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4627 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4631 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4632 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4633 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4634 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4635 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4636 \"lined up with the command line\"
4638 Data lines are not indented at all.
4639 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4647 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15542 65293))
4648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4650 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4652 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4653 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4654 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4657 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4658 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4659 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4661 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4662 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4663 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4664 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4665 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4666 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4667 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4669 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4670 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4671 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (15400 1479))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4679 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4680 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4682 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4683 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4684 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4685 Upper-case letters are commands.
4687 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4690 The most useful commands are:
4691 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4692 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4693 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4694 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4695 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4696 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4700 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4701 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371
4703 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4705 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4706 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4708 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4709 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4711 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4713 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4714 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4716 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4720 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15391
4722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4724 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4725 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4726 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4727 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4728 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4729 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4731 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4735 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4736 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4737 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4738 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4739 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4740 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4741 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4742 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4743 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4744 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4745 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4746 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4748 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4749 Directories to search when finding external units.
4750 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4751 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4755 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4756 Face used to color delphi comments.
4757 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4758 Face used to color delphi strings.
4759 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4760 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4761 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4762 Face used to color everything else.
4764 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4765 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4769 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4773 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4775 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4776 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4777 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4779 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4781 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4783 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4785 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4786 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4787 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4790 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4791 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4792 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4793 any selection." t nil)
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4798 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4801 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4802 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4804 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4806 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4807 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4808 or nil if there is no parent.
4809 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4810 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4811 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4812 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4813 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4815 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4817 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4819 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4820 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4821 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4823 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4824 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4826 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4827 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4828 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4830 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4831 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4833 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4834 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4835 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4836 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4837 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4841 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4842 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4845 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4846 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4847 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4849 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4850 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4851 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4852 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15417
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4860 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4865 ;;;;;; (15505 59087))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4868 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4869 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4870 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4871 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4872 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4874 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4875 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4876 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4878 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4879 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4880 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4881 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4884 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4886 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4887 european-calendar-style t \\
4888 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4889 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4890 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4892 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4893 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4894 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4895 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4899 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4900 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416))
4901 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4903 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4904 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4906 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4907 *The command to use to run diff.")
4909 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4910 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4911 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4912 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4913 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4915 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4916 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4917 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4918 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4919 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4924 ;;;;;; (15417 7386))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4927 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4928 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4929 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4931 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4933 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4934 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4935 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4939 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4940 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4941 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4942 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4943 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15542 65290))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4946 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4947 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4948 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4949 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4950 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4951 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4952 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4953 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4955 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4956 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4958 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4959 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4960 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4961 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4962 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4964 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4965 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4967 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4968 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4969 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4970 always set this variable to t.")
4972 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4973 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4974 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4975 A value of t means move to first file.")
4977 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4978 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4979 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4980 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4981 are afterward marked with that character.")
4983 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4984 *Controls marking of copied files.
4985 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4986 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4988 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4989 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4990 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4991 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4993 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4994 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4995 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4996 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4998 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4999 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5000 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5001 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5003 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5005 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5006 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5007 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5008 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5010 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5011 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5012 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5013 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5014 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5015 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5016 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5017 list of files to make directory entries for.
5018 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5019 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5020 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5021 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5023 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5024 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5026 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5027 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5028 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5030 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5031 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5033 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5034 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5038 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5039 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5040 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5041 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5042 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5043 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5044 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5045 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5046 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5047 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5048 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5049 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5050 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15525 27358))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5053 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5054 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5055 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5056 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5057 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5058 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5059 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5061 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5062 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5063 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5064 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5065 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5066 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5068 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5069 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5070 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5072 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5073 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5075 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5076 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5078 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5079 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5080 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5081 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5083 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5084 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5085 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5086 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5087 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5089 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5090 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5092 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5093 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5094 file name substituted for `?'.
5096 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5097 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5099 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5100 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5101 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5102 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5104 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5106 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5107 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5108 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5110 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5111 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5114 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5115 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5117 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5118 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5119 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5120 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5121 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5122 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5124 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5126 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5127 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5129 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5130 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5132 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5133 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5135 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5136 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5137 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5138 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5140 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5142 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5144 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5146 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5148 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5150 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5151 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5153 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5154 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5155 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5156 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5157 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5158 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5159 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5160 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5161 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5163 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5164 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5165 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5166 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5167 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5168 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5169 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5170 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5172 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5173 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5174 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5175 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5176 and new hard links are made in that directory
5177 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5178 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5179 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5181 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5182 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5183 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5184 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5185 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5186 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5189 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5191 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5192 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5193 file if none are marked.
5195 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5196 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5197 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5198 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5200 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5201 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5203 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5204 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5205 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5207 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5208 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5209 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5211 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5212 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5213 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5215 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5216 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5218 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5219 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5221 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5222 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5223 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5224 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5225 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5226 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5228 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5230 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5231 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5232 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5233 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5234 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5235 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5237 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5239 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5240 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5241 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5243 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5244 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5245 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5246 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5248 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5249 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5250 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5251 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5253 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5254 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5255 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5257 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5258 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5260 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5261 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5263 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5264 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5265 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5266 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5268 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5269 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5270 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5271 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5273 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5274 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5275 Stops when a match is found.
5276 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5278 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5279 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5280 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5281 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5282 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5284 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5285 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5286 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5287 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361))
5292 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5294 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5295 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5296 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5297 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5298 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5299 buffer and try again." t nil)
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416))
5304 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5306 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5307 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5308 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5310 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5312 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5313 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5315 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5316 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5325 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5326 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5327 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5328 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5329 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5330 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5334 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5335 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5336 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5337 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5338 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15391 60508))
5339 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5341 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5342 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5344 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5345 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5346 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5347 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5348 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5350 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5351 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5352 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5353 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5354 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5356 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5357 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5359 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5360 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5362 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5363 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5365 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5366 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5368 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5369 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5371 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5372 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5373 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5374 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5376 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5377 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5378 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5381 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5382 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5384 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5385 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5387 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5388 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5390 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5391 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5392 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5393 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5395 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5396 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5397 European character display.
5399 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5400 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5401 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5402 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5404 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5405 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5406 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5407 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5408 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5413 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5416 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5417 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5418 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5419 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5420 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5421 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5422 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5423 Default is 2." t nil)
5427 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5430 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5431 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5435 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5436 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5439 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5442 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5444 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5446 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5448 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5450 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5452 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5453 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5460 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5461 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5466 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5469 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5470 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5474 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5475 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15505 59087))
5477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5479 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5481 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5482 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5483 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5484 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5486 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5487 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5488 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5489 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5490 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5491 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5492 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5493 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5496 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5497 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5498 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5499 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5500 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5501 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5502 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5503 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5504 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5506 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5507 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5508 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5509 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5510 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5511 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5513 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5514 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5515 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5516 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5517 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5518 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5519 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5521 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5523 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5524 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5525 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5529 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5530 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15400
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5534 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5536 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5537 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5538 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5539 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5541 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5542 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5546 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5551 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5552 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5556 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5557 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5559 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5561 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5563 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5565 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5566 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5568 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5569 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5571 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5573 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5575 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5579 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5580 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5581 computed automatically.
5582 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5586 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5588 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5589 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5590 keyboard equivalent.
5594 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5595 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5599 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5600 expression has a non-nil value.
5604 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5605 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5609 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5613 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5614 radio: A radio button.
5615 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5616 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5618 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5622 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5623 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5627 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5629 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5630 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5631 as a solid horizontal line.
5633 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5635 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5637 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5638 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5639 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5640 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5642 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5643 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5644 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5645 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5646 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5647 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5649 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5650 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5651 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5653 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5654 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5658 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5659 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5660 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5661 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5662 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426))
5663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5665 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5666 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5668 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5669 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5671 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5672 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5675 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5676 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5677 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5678 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5680 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5681 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5682 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5684 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5685 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5686 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5687 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5689 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5692 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5693 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5695 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5697 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5698 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5700 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5701 The EPS file name has the following form:
5703 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5705 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5706 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5708 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5709 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5710 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5711 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5713 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5715 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5716 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5718 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5719 The EPS file name has the following form:
5721 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5723 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5724 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5726 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5727 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5728 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5729 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5731 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5733 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5735 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5736 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5739 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5741 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5742 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5744 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5745 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5747 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5748 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5750 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5751 Set STYLE to current style.
5753 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5755 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5756 Reset current style.
5758 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5761 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5763 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5765 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5766 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5768 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5772 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5773 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5774 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5775 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5776 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5777 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15505 59091))
5778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5780 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5781 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5782 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5783 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5784 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5785 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5787 Tree mode key bindings:
5788 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5790 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5791 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5793 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5794 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5795 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5796 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5799 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5800 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5801 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5802 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5805 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5806 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5809 Search for call sites of a member.
5810 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5811 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5812 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5813 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5816 Move backward in the position stack.
5817 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5820 Move forward in the position stack.
5821 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5824 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5826 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5827 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5830 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5831 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5832 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5834 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5835 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5839 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5840 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5843 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5844 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5845 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5846 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5848 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5849 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5850 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5852 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5853 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5854 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5856 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5858 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5862 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5863 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415))
5864 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5866 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5867 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5868 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5872 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5873 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15542 65294))
5874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5876 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5877 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5878 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5879 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5880 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5882 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5883 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5884 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5885 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5887 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5888 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5889 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5890 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5892 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5893 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5894 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5895 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5897 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5899 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5900 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5901 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5902 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5903 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5908 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5909 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5910 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5911 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5912 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5913 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5914 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5915 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5916 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15517 64421))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5919 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5920 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5922 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5923 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5925 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5927 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5929 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5930 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5932 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5934 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5935 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5937 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5939 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5940 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5941 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5942 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5944 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5947 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5948 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5949 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5951 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5953 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5954 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5955 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5956 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5958 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5960 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5961 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5962 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5963 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5965 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5967 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5968 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5969 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5970 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5971 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5972 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5974 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5975 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5976 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5977 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5979 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5981 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5982 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5983 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5984 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5986 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5988 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5990 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5991 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5992 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5994 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5995 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5997 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5998 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5999 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6001 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6002 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6004 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6005 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6006 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6007 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6008 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6010 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6011 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6014 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6015 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6016 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6017 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6019 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6020 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6021 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6023 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6025 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6026 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6028 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6029 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6031 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6033 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6034 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6036 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6037 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6039 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6040 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6041 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6044 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6045 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6046 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6049 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6050 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6051 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6052 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6054 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6055 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6056 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6057 and don't ask the user.
6058 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6059 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6061 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6062 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6063 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6064 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6065 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6066 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6068 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6070 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6072 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6073 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6074 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6075 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6076 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6078 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6080 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6081 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6082 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6084 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6085 Display Ediff's manual.
6086 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6090 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6091 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6094 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6099 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
6100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6102 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6103 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6105 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6110 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15517 64421))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6113 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6114 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6115 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6118 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6119 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6120 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6121 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6126 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6127 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6128 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6129 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6131 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6132 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6133 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6135 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6136 Edit a keyboard macro.
6137 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6138 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6139 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6141 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6143 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6144 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6146 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6147 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6149 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6150 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6151 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6152 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6153 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6154 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6156 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6157 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6158 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6159 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6161 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6162 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6163 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6164 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6165 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6166 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6170 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6171 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15427 61507))
6172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6174 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6176 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6177 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6179 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6180 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6184 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6185 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6188 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6189 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6190 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6191 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6192 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6193 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6194 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6195 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6197 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6198 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6200 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6201 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6202 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6203 this value is non-nil.
6205 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6206 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6207 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6209 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6210 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6211 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6213 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6217 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6218 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363))
6219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6221 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6222 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6224 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6225 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6226 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6228 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6229 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6230 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6231 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6232 from the documentation string if possible.
6234 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6237 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6239 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6240 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6244 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371
6246 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6248 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6249 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6251 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6252 an elided material again.
6254 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6259 ;;;;;; (15417 7421))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6262 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6263 Initialize elint." t nil)
6267 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6268 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15417
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6272 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6273 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6274 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6276 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6277 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6278 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6281 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6282 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6284 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6286 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6287 Display current profiling results.
6288 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6289 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (15517 64423))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6298 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6299 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6300 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6304 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6305 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6306 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6307 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6308 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15417 7388))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6311 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6313 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6315 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6317 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6319 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6321 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6323 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6325 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6327 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6329 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6330 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6333 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6335 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6336 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6339 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6341 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6343 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6345 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6347 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6349 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6350 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6352 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6355 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6359 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6360 ;;;;;; (15542 65297))
6361 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6363 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6364 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6365 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6366 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6367 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6369 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6371 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6373 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6374 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6375 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6377 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6378 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6381 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6382 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6383 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6387 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6388 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15542 65290))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6391 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6392 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6393 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6394 text/enriched format.
6395 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6397 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6398 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6402 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6404 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6406 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6410 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15472
6412 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6414 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6415 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6417 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6421 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6425 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6426 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6431 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15472 20892))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6434 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6435 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6436 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6437 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6438 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6439 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6440 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6442 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6443 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6444 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6446 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6447 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6448 The result might be any Lisp object.
6449 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6450 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6451 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6453 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6454 Report a bug in Eshell.
6455 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6456 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6461 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6462 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6463 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6464 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6465 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6466 ;;;;;; (15542 65299))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6469 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6470 *File name of tags table.
6471 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6472 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6473 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6474 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6476 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6477 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6478 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6479 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6481 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6482 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6483 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6484 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6485 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6486 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6488 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6489 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6490 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6491 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6492 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6493 `auto-compression-mode').")
6495 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6496 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6497 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6498 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6499 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6501 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6502 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6503 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6504 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6506 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6507 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6508 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6509 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6510 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6512 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6513 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6514 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6515 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6517 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6518 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6519 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6520 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6521 file the tag was in." t nil)
6523 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6524 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6525 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6526 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6527 without directory names." nil nil)
6529 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6531 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6532 but does not select the buffer.
6533 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6535 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6536 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6537 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6538 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6539 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6541 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6543 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6544 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6545 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6547 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6549 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6551 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6552 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6554 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6555 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6556 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6557 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6558 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6560 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6562 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6563 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6564 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6566 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6567 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6569 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6570 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6571 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6572 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6573 around or before point.
6575 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6576 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6577 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6578 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6579 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6581 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6583 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6584 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6585 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6587 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6588 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6590 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6591 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6592 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6593 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6594 around or before point.
6596 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6597 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6598 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6599 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6600 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6602 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6604 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6605 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6606 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6608 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6609 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6611 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6612 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6613 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6618 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6619 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6621 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6623 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6628 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6629 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6631 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6632 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6634 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6635 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6636 where they were found." t nil)
6638 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6639 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6641 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6642 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6643 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6645 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6646 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6648 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6649 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6651 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6652 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6653 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6654 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6656 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6657 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6658 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6659 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6660 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6661 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6663 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6664 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6665 Stops when a match is found.
6666 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6668 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6670 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6671 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6672 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6673 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6674 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6676 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6678 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6679 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6680 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6681 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6682 directory specification." t nil)
6684 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6685 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6687 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6688 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6689 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6690 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6692 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6693 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6694 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6695 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6696 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6700 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6701 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6702 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6703 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6704 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6705 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6706 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6707 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6710 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6712 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6713 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6714 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6715 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6717 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6718 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6721 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6722 even if the buffer is read-only.
6724 See also the descriptions of the variables
6725 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6726 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6728 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6729 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6731 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6732 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6734 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6735 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6738 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6739 buffer is read-only.
6741 See also the descriptions of the variables
6742 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6743 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6745 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6746 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6747 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6750 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6752 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6753 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6755 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6756 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6758 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6759 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6760 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6761 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6763 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6764 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6765 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6766 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6768 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6769 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6770 the primary language.
6772 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6773 buffer is read-only.
6775 See also the descriptions of the variables
6776 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6777 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6780 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6781 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6782 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6784 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6785 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6788 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6789 buffer is read-only.
6791 See also the descriptions of the variables
6792 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6793 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6795 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6796 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6797 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6799 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6800 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6802 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6803 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6804 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6805 3) convert the body into SERA.
6807 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6809 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6811 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6813 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6814 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6816 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6817 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6819 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6820 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6823 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6824 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6825 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6827 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6829 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6830 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6832 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6833 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6834 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6836 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6837 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6840 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6842 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6843 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6845 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6846 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6848 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6849 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6851 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6852 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6854 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6855 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6860 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6861 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6864 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6865 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6866 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6867 server for future sessions." t nil)
6869 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6870 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6872 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6873 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6875 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6876 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6877 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6878 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6879 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6880 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6881 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6882 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6883 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6884 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6885 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6886 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6888 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6889 Display a form to query the directory server.
6890 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6891 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6893 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6894 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6895 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6897 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6901 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6902 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6903 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096))
6904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6906 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6907 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6909 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6910 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6912 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
6913 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6915 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6916 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6918 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6919 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6921 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6922 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6926 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6927 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096))
6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6930 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6931 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6932 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6934 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6935 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6939 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6940 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6943 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6944 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6948 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6949 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6950 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426))
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6953 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6954 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6955 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6957 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6958 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6959 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6960 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6961 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6964 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6965 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6966 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6968 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6969 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6970 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6971 file modes." nil nil
)
6975 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6976 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15391 60510))
6977 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6979 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6980 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6981 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6982 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6984 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6986 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6987 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6988 to generate such functions.
6990 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6991 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6992 beginning of the expanded text.
6994 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6995 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6996 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6997 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6999 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
7001 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
7002 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7003 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7005 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
7006 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7007 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
7008 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
7009 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
7013 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15531 2353))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7016 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
7017 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
7019 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
7020 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
7021 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7023 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7028 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7031 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7033 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
7035 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
7037 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
7039 f90-continuation-indent
7040 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
7042 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
7043 region. (default \"!!!$\")
7044 f90-indented-comment-re
7045 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
7047 f90-directive-comment-re
7048 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
7049 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
7050 f90-break-delimiters
7051 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
7052 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
7053 f90-break-before-delimiters
7054 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
7056 f90-beginning-ampersand
7057 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
7059 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7060 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7061 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
7062 f90-auto-keyword-case
7063 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
7064 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7066 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
7068 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
7070 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7072 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7073 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
7077 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
7078 ;;;;;; describe-text-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all
7079 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible
7080 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background
7081 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el"
7082 ;;;;;; (15521 59035))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7084 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
7085 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
7087 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
7088 Menu keymap for faces.")
7090 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
7092 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
7093 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7095 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
7097 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
7098 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7100 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
7102 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7103 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7105 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7107 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7108 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7110 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7112 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7113 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7115 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7117 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7118 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7120 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7122 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7124 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7126 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7128 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7129 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7130 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7131 will not show through at all will be removed.
7133 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7135 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7136 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7139 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7140 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7141 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7143 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7144 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7145 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7147 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7148 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7151 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7152 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7153 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7155 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7156 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7157 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7159 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7160 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7163 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7164 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7165 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7168 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7169 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7170 is the menu item's name.
7172 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7173 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7176 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7177 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7178 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7180 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7181 Make the region invisible.
7182 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7183 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7185 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7186 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7187 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7188 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7190 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7191 Make the region unmodifiable.
7192 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7193 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7196 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7199 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7201 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7202 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7203 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "facemenu" "\
7206 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
7208 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7209 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7211 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7212 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7214 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7215 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7216 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7217 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7218 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7222 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7223 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15391 60510))
7224 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7226 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7227 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7228 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7229 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7231 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7233 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7234 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7235 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7237 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7238 - When you save the file's buffer.
7239 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7240 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7241 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7242 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7244 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7246 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7247 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7248 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7249 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7252 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7254 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7258 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7259 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7260 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095))
7261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7263 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7264 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7265 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7266 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7268 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7269 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7271 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7272 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7273 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7274 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7276 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7277 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7278 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7279 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7280 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7282 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7283 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7284 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7285 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7286 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7287 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7288 internally by feedmail):
7290 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7291 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7292 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7293 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7295 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7296 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7297 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7298 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7299 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7303 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7304 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15464 26323))
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7307 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7308 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7309 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7310 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7311 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7312 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7313 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7316 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7317 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7318 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7319 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7320 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7321 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7323 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7324 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7326 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7327 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7328 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7329 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7330 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7331 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7334 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7335 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7337 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7338 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7339 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7341 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7342 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7344 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7345 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7349 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7350 ;;;;;; (15391 60510))
7351 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7353 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7354 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7355 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7356 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7357 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7358 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7359 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7360 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7361 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7362 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7367 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15505 59086))
7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7370 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7371 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7372 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7373 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7374 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7376 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7377 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7378 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7379 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7381 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7382 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7383 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7385 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7387 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7388 as the final argument." t nil)
7390 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7391 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7392 and run dired on those files.
7393 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7394 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7396 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7398 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7399 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7400 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7402 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7404 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7408 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7409 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7410 ;;;;;; (15400 1472))
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7413 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7414 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7415 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7417 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7419 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7420 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7421 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7423 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7424 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7426 Variables of interest include:
7428 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7429 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7430 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7432 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7433 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7434 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7436 - `ff-ignore-include'
7437 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7439 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7440 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7443 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7445 - `ff-special-constructs'
7446 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7447 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7448 extracting the filename from that construct.
7450 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7451 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7453 - `ff-search-directories'
7454 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7455 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7457 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7458 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7460 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7461 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7463 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7464 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7466 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7467 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7469 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7470 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7472 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7473 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7475 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7476 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7481 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7482 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7483 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7484 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7485 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
7486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7488 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7489 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7491 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7492 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7495 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7496 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7497 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7499 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7500 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7502 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7503 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7504 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7505 it is one of the current buffers.
7507 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7508 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7509 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7511 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7512 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7514 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7516 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7517 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7519 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7521 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7522 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7524 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7525 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7528 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7529 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7531 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7532 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7534 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7535 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7536 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7537 it is one of the current buffers.
7539 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7540 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7541 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7543 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7544 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7546 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7548 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7549 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7551 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7553 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7554 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7555 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7557 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7558 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7560 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7561 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7563 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7564 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7569 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7572 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7573 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7575 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7576 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7578 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7579 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7584 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15517 64421))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7587 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7588 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7590 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7591 Display FILE's commentary section.
7592 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7594 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7595 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7599 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7600 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7603 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7604 Toggle flow control handling.
7605 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7606 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7609 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7610 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7611 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7612 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7613 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7617 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7618 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7619 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15478 22406))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7622 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7623 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7624 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7626 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7627 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7629 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7631 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7633 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7634 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7635 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7636 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7637 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7638 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7641 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7642 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7643 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7646 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7649 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7650 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7651 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7653 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7655 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7656 in your .emacs file.
7658 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7659 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7661 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7663 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7664 The flyspell version" t nil)
7666 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7667 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7669 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7670 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7672 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7673 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7677 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7678 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7679 ;;;;;; (15441 20087))
7680 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7682 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7683 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7685 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7686 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7688 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7689 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7691 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7692 of two major techniques:
7694 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7695 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7696 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7698 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7699 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7700 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7703 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7704 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7705 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7706 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7707 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7710 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7711 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7713 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7715 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7716 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7717 \(This is the default.)
7719 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7720 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7722 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7723 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7725 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7726 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7728 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7729 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7730 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7731 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7732 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7733 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7735 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7736 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7737 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7739 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7740 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7741 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7745 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7746 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7747 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15525 29196))
7748 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7750 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7752 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7753 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7754 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7755 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7757 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7759 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7761 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7762 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7763 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7764 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7766 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7767 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7769 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7770 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7772 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7774 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7775 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7776 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7778 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7780 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7781 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7782 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7783 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7784 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7785 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7787 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7788 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7790 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7791 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7793 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7794 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7795 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7797 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7798 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7800 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7801 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7802 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7804 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7805 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7806 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7808 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7809 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7811 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7812 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7813 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7814 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7815 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7816 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7817 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7818 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7819 end of the current highlighting list.
7823 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7824 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7825 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7827 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7828 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7830 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7831 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7832 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7834 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7835 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7836 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7838 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7839 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7841 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7842 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7844 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7845 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7846 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7848 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7849 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7850 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7852 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7854 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7856 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7858 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7859 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7860 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7861 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7862 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7864 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7865 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7869 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7870 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7873 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7874 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7875 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7876 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7877 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7879 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7882 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7883 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7885 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7889 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400
7891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7893 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7894 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7895 \\<message-mode-map>
7899 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7900 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7901 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7902 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7903 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7904 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7910 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7913 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7914 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7916 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7917 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7918 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7919 C-c < forms-first-record <
7920 C-c > forms-last-record >
7921 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7922 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7923 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7924 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7925 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7926 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7927 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7928 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7929 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7930 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7933 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7934 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7936 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7937 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7941 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7942 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15505 59091))
7943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7945 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7946 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7947 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7948 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7949 with a character in column 6.")
7951 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7952 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7953 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7954 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7956 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7960 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7962 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7965 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7966 set this to the string \"!\".
7968 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7970 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7971 `fortran-structure-indent'
7972 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7974 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7975 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7976 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7977 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7978 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7979 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7980 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7981 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7982 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7983 (for TAB format continuation style).
7984 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7985 indentation for a line of code.
7987 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7988 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7989 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7990 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7991 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7992 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7993 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7994 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7995 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7996 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7997 column 5. (default 1)
7998 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7999 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
8000 statements. (default nil)
8001 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
8002 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
8003 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
8004 statement. (default nil)
8005 `fortran-continuation-string'
8006 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
8007 line. (default \"$\")
8008 `fortran-comment-region'
8009 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8010 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8011 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8012 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8013 as typed. (default t)
8014 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8015 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8018 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8019 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8023 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8024 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8027 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8028 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8030 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8031 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8033 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8034 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8036 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8037 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8039 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8040 Compile fortune file.
8042 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8043 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8046 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8048 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8049 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8050 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8051 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8053 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8054 Display a fortune cookie.
8056 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8057 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8058 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8059 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8063 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8064 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8067 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8068 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8070 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8071 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8073 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8074 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8077 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8078 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8079 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8080 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8081 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8082 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8084 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8085 Each keyword should be a string.
8087 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8088 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8090 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8091 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8092 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8094 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8096 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8098 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8099 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8100 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8101 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8103 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8104 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8108 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8109 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8112 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8113 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8114 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8115 at places they belong to." t nil)
8119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8120 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15417 7423))
8121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8123 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8124 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8126 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8128 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8129 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8130 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8131 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8132 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8134 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8135 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8137 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8138 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8140 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8142 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8143 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8144 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8149 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8150 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8153 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8154 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8156 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8157 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8159 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8160 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8161 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8162 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8166 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8167 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8168 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8170 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8171 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8173 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8177 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8178 ;;;;;; (15478 22405))
8179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8181 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8182 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8187 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8190 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8191 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8196 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8200 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8201 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8204 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8206 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8207 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8209 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8210 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8214 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8215 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15531 2352))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8218 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8219 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8220 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8222 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8223 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8227 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8228 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8231 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8233 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8234 Run batched scoring.
8235 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8240 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8243 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8245 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8246 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8248 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8252 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8253 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8254 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
8255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8257 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8258 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8259 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8260 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8263 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8264 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8265 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8266 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8268 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8269 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8270 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8271 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8272 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8273 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8274 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8275 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8276 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8277 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8279 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8280 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8281 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8283 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8284 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8286 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8287 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8288 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8290 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8292 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8293 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8294 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8296 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8298 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8299 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8300 existing groups are considered.
8302 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8303 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8306 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8307 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8308 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8309 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8310 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8311 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8312 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8313 clauses will be generated.
8315 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8316 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8317 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8318 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8319 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8320 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8322 For example, given the following group parameters:
8325 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8326 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8328 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8329 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8330 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8331 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8333 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8335 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8337 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8339 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8340 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8341 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8346 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8349 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8350 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8351 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15472
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8359 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8360 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8361 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8362 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8364 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8369 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8372 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8373 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8374 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8375 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8378 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8379 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8380 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8385 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8388 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8389 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8390 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8391 for matching on group names.
8393 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8394 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8396 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8398 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8403 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8406 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8407 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8412 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15517 64423))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8415 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8416 Unload all Gnus features.
8417 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8418 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8419 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8421 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8422 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8427 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8430 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8431 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15517 64423))
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8438 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8439 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8441 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8442 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8443 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8445 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8446 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8447 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8449 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8450 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8452 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8453 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8455 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8460 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8463 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8464 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8465 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8466 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8467 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8469 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8470 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8471 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8472 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8473 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8475 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8476 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8477 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8479 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8481 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8482 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415))
8487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8489 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8490 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8491 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8492 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8493 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8497 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8498 ;;;;;; (15525 27358))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8501 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8502 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8503 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8504 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8506 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8507 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8508 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8509 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8511 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8512 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8513 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8514 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8516 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8517 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8519 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8521 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8522 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8525 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8526 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8527 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8529 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8530 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8531 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8532 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8535 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8536 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8537 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8538 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8540 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8541 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8542 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8543 original source file access method.
8545 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8546 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8555 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8556 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8557 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8558 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8560 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8561 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8562 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8563 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8567 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8568 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8571 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8572 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8574 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8575 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8576 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8577 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8579 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8581 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8582 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8583 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8584 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8585 to be updated." t nil)
8589 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8590 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8591 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15531 2351))
8592 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8594 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8595 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8596 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8597 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8598 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8599 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8601 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8602 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8603 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8604 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8605 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8606 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8608 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8609 is used instead of `load-path'.
8611 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8612 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8613 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8615 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8616 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8618 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8620 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8621 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8622 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8624 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8625 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8626 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8627 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8628 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8630 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8631 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8632 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8633 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8635 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8636 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8637 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8641 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8642 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8645 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8646 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8647 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8648 and window listing and describing the options.
8649 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8650 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8654 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8655 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8656 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15427 61501))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8659 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8660 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8661 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8663 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8665 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8667 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8669 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8670 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8672 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8673 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8674 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8675 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8677 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8678 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8679 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8681 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8682 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8684 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8685 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8686 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8687 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8688 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8689 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8691 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8692 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8693 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8694 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8696 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8697 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8700 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8701 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8702 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8703 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8704 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8705 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8707 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8708 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8709 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8710 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8711 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8713 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8714 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419))
8720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8722 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8723 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8725 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8726 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8730 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8731 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15505 59086))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8734 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8735 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8736 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8737 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8738 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8740 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8741 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8743 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8744 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8745 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8746 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8748 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8749 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8752 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8757 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8758 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8759 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8760 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8761 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8762 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8763 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8764 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8765 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8766 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8767 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8768 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8769 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8770 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8771 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8773 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8774 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8775 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8777 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8780 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8782 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8783 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8784 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8786 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8787 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8788 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8790 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8791 into the buffer at the current point.
8793 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8794 into the buffer at the current point.
8796 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8797 into the buffer at the current point.
8799 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8801 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8802 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8804 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8806 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8808 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8809 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8810 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8813 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8814 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8819 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8820 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15455
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8824 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8826 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8827 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8829 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8831 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8833 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8834 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8836 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8837 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8838 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8839 which can be called interactively, are:
8841 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8842 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8844 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8845 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8846 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8847 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8849 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8850 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8852 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8853 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8855 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8856 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8857 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8858 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8859 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8860 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8862 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8863 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8865 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8866 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8868 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8869 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8870 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8873 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8875 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8877 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8878 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8880 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8881 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8882 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8883 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8885 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8887 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8888 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8890 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8891 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8892 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8893 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8895 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8897 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8898 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8900 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8901 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8903 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8905 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8906 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8908 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8909 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8910 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8911 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8912 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8914 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8915 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8917 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8918 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8919 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8923 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8924 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15505 59091))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8927 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8928 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8929 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8930 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8931 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8932 how the hiding is done:
8935 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8936 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8939 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8940 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8941 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8942 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8943 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8946 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8947 #endif lines when hiding.
8949 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8950 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8953 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8954 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8955 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8957 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8959 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8960 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8962 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8963 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8965 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8966 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8971 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15542 65299))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8974 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8975 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8977 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8978 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8979 Each element has the form
8980 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8982 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8983 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8985 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8986 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8988 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8989 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8990 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8991 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8992 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8994 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8995 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8997 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8998 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9000 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9001 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9002 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9004 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9005 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9006 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9007 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9008 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9009 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9011 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9012 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9013 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9015 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9016 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9018 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9021 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9025 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9026 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9027 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9028 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15464 26323))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9031 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9033 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9034 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9035 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9037 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9038 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9040 Without an argument:
9041 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9042 or passive state as determined by the variable
9043 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9046 With an argument ARG:
9047 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9048 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9049 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9051 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9052 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9053 not displayed in a different face.
9056 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9057 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9058 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9059 buffer with the contents of a file
9060 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9061 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9065 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9066 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9067 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9069 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9070 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9072 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9073 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9075 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9076 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9078 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9079 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9080 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9081 shown in the last face in the list.
9083 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9084 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9085 buffer to be saved):
9087 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9089 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9090 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9092 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9093 and must not be read-only.
9095 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9096 this function is called interactively.
9098 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9099 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9100 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9102 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9103 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9104 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9107 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9109 When called interactively:
9110 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9111 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9112 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9113 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9115 When called from a program:
9116 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9117 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9118 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9119 - otherwise just turn it on
9121 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9122 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9123 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9124 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9128 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9129 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9130 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9131 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9132 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9135 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9136 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9137 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9138 or insert functions in this list.")
9140 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9141 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9143 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9144 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9146 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9147 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9149 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9150 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9152 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9153 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9154 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9156 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9157 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9158 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9161 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9162 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9163 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9164 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9165 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9167 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9168 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9169 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9170 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9171 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9173 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9174 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9175 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9177 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9178 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9179 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9180 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9185 ;;;;;; (15521 59035))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9188 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9189 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9190 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9191 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9192 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9194 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9195 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9196 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9198 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9200 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9202 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9204 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9205 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9206 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9207 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9208 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9213 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9216 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9217 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9218 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9220 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9222 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9223 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9225 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9226 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9228 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9233 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9236 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9237 This function is obsolete.
9238 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9239 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9241 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9242 This function is obsolete.
9243 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9244 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9246 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9247 This function is obsolete.
9248 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9249 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9254 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9255 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9256 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9257 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-included-in-filters-p ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode
9266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext"
9267 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" (15525 27358))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9271 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9272 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9275 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9277 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9278 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9282 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9283 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9286 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9289 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9291 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9292 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9293 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9295 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9296 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9298 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9299 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9302 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9303 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9304 filter into parts." t nil)
9306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9307 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9308 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9310 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9311 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9314 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9317 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9318 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9319 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9322 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9323 Default sorting modes are:
9324 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9325 Name - the name of the buffer
9326 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9327 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9329 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9330 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9333 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9336 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9337 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9338 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9341 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9342 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9343 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9346 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9348 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9349 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9351 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9352 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9355 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9357 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9358 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9360 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9361 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9364 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9367 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9368 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9370 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9371 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9372 The names are separated by a space.
9373 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9374 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9376 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9378 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9379 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9382 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9385 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9388 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9390 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9391 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9393 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9394 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9397 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9400 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9403 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9405 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9406 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9408 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9409 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9411 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9412 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9414 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9415 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9418 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9419 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9420 defaults to one." t nil)
9424 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9425 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15505
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9429 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9430 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9432 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9433 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9436 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9437 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9438 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9439 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9440 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9441 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9443 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9444 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9445 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9446 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9447 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9449 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9450 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9451 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9452 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9453 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9455 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9456 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9457 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9459 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9460 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9461 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9462 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9464 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9465 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9466 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9467 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9468 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9469 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9470 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9471 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9473 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9474 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9475 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9476 buffer's modification flag.
9477 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9478 prompted before performing this operation.
9479 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9480 operation is complete, in the form:
9481 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9482 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9483 confirmation message, in the form:
9484 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9485 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9486 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9488 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9489 Define a filter named NAME.
9490 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9491 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9492 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9494 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9495 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9496 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9497 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9501 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9502 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15542 65291))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9505 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9506 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9507 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9508 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9510 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9511 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9512 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9513 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9515 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9516 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9517 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9519 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9520 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9522 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9523 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9524 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9525 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9526 special value `onewindow' means always use another window." t nil)
9530 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9531 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15484 11830))
9532 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9534 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9535 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9536 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9538 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9539 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9540 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9547 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9548 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9549 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9550 Tab indents for Icon code.
9551 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9552 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9554 Variables controlling indentation style:
9555 icon-tab-always-indent
9556 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9557 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9559 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9560 inserted in Icon code.
9562 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9563 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9564 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9565 icon-continued-statement-offset
9566 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9567 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9568 icon-continued-brace-offset
9569 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9570 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9572 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9573 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9574 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9575 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9577 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9578 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9583 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9586 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9587 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9588 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9589 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9591 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9592 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9595 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9597 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9598 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9599 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9605 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9606 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9609 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9610 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9612 The main features of this mode are
9614 1. Indentation and Formatting
9615 --------------------------
9616 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9617 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9619 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9620 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9621 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9622 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9624 Comments are indented as follows:
9626 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9627 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9628 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9630 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9632 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9633 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9634 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9635 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9636 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9638 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9639 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9640 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9644 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9645 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9646 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9647 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9648 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9649 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9650 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9654 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9655 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9656 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9657 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9658 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9662 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9663 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9664 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9665 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9666 mixed or upper case.
9668 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9669 --------------------------------
9670 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9671 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9673 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9674 \\fu FUNCTION template
9675 \\c CASE statement template
9676 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9677 \\f FOR loop template
9678 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9679 \\w WHILE loop template
9680 \\i IF statement template
9681 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9684 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9685 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9687 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9688 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9689 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9691 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9692 -------------------------
9693 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9694 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9696 7. Automatic END completion
9697 ------------------------
9698 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9699 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9703 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9704 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9706 9. Documentation and Customization
9707 -------------------------------
9708 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9709 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9710 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9711 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9712 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9716 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9717 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9718 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9720 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9724 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15483 47733))
9725 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9726 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9728 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9729 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9730 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9734 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9735 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9736 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15505 59086))
9737 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9739 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9740 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9741 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9742 be determined." nil nil)
9744 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9745 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9746 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9747 be determined." nil nil)
9749 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9750 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9751 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9753 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9755 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9756 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9757 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9758 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9759 use its file extension as image type.
9760 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9761 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9762 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9763 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9765 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9766 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9767 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9768 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9769 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9770 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9771 POS may be an integer or marker.
9772 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9773 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9774 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9775 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9777 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9778 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9779 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9780 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9781 defaulted if you omit it.
9782 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9783 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9784 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9785 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9787 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9788 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9789 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9790 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9792 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9793 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9795 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9797 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9798 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9799 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9800 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9801 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9802 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9803 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9804 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9807 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9809 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9810 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9812 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9813 documentation string.
9815 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9816 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9817 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9818 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9819 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9820 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9821 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9826 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9827 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9831 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9832 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9833 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9836 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9837 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9838 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9839 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9841 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9842 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9843 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9844 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9846 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9847 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9848 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9849 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9851 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9852 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9853 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9854 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9856 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9857 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9859 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9860 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9861 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9862 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9864 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9865 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9866 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9868 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9870 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9872 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9874 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9875 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9876 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9877 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9879 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9880 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9881 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9886 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15517 64421))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9889 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9890 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9892 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9894 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9895 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9898 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9900 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9901 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9902 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9904 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9905 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9907 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9908 to create a buffer index.
9910 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9911 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9913 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9914 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9915 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9916 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9917 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9919 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9920 entries are not nested.
9922 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9923 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9924 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9925 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9927 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9928 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9930 The variable is buffer-local.
9932 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9933 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9934 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9936 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9937 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9938 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9941 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9943 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9944 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9946 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9947 of the current buffer as an alist.
9949 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9950 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9951 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9952 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9953 if it is a sub-alist.
9955 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9957 The variable is buffer-local.")
9959 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9961 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9962 Function for finding the next index position.
9964 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9965 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9966 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9969 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9970 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9972 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9974 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9976 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9977 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9979 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9980 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9981 It should return the name for that index item.
9983 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9985 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9987 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9988 Function to compare string with index item.
9990 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9991 non-nil if they match.
9993 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9994 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9995 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9998 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10000 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10002 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10003 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10004 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10006 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10008 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10010 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10012 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10013 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10014 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10015 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10017 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10018 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10020 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10022 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10023 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10024 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10025 for more information." t nil)
10029 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10030 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10031 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15400 1477))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10034 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10035 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10037 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10039 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10041 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10043 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10044 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10045 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10046 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10047 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10049 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10050 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10051 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10052 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10053 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10058 ;;;;;; (15400 1480))
10059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10061 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10062 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10063 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10064 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10065 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10067 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10068 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10070 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10071 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10072 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10073 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10074 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10075 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10076 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10077 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10079 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10080 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10081 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10082 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10083 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10085 This variable is only used if the variable
10086 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10088 More precise choices:
10089 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10090 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10093 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10095 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10096 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10098 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10099 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10100 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10102 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10103 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10104 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10106 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10108 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10112 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10113 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10114 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15531 2351))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10117 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10118 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10119 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10121 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10122 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10123 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10124 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10125 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10126 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10128 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10129 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10131 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10132 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10133 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10135 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10136 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10137 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10138 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10140 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10141 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10143 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10144 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10145 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10146 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10147 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10149 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10150 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10152 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10153 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10154 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10155 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10158 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10159 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10163 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10164 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (15444 42462))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10168 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10169 Throw away all cached data.
10170 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10171 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10174 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10175 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10176 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10177 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10178 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10179 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10181 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10183 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10184 Display the documentation of a file.
10185 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10186 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10187 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10188 The default file name is the one found at point.
10190 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10192 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10193 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10195 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10196 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10201 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10204 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10205 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10207 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10208 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10209 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10211 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10212 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10213 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10215 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10216 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10217 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10218 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10220 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10221 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10222 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10225 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10226 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10227 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10228 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10232 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10233 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10234 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10237 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10238 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10240 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10241 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10243 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10247 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10248 ;;;;;; (15542 65297))
10249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10251 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10252 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10253 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10254 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10255 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10256 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10258 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10259 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10261 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10262 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10263 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10264 \"s gives German sharp s.
10265 /a gives a with ring.
10266 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10267 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10268 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10269 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10271 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10272 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10276 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10277 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10278 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10279 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10282 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10283 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10284 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10285 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10287 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10288 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10289 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10290 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10292 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10293 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10294 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10295 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10297 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10298 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10299 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10300 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10302 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10303 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10304 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10305 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10307 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10308 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10309 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10310 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10312 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10313 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10314 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10315 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10317 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10318 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10319 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10320 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10322 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10323 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10324 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10325 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10327 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10328 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10330 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10331 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10333 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10334 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10339 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10341 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10342 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10343 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10347 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10348 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10349 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10350 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10351 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10352 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15472 20893))
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10355 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10356 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10358 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10359 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10360 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10361 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10363 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10364 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10365 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10367 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10369 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10371 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10373 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10375 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10377 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10379 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10380 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10382 Each element of this list is also a list:
10384 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10385 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10387 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10388 nil means the default dictionary.
10390 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10393 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10395 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10396 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10397 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10398 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10399 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10400 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10401 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10402 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10403 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10405 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10406 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10409 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10412 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10413 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10414 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10415 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10416 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10417 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10418 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10419 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10421 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10423 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10424 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10425 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10427 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10428 Key map for ispell menu.")
10430 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10431 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10432 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10433 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10435 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10437 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10439 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10441 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10443 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10445 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10446 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10447 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10448 Valid forms include:
10449 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10450 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10451 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10452 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10454 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10455 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10456 First list is used raw.
10457 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10459 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10460 for skipping in latex mode.")
10462 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10464 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10465 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10466 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10467 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10469 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10470 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10471 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10472 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10473 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10475 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10476 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10478 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10480 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10481 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10484 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10485 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10486 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10487 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10488 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10490 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10491 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10492 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10494 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10495 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10499 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10500 SPC: Accept word this time.
10501 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10502 `a': Accept word for this session.
10503 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10504 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10505 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10506 `?': Show these commands.
10507 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10508 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10509 the aborted check to be completed later.
10510 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10511 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10512 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10513 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10514 `C-l': redraws screen
10515 `C-r': recursive edit
10516 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10518 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10519 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10520 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10522 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10523 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10524 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10526 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10528 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10530 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10531 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10532 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10533 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10535 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10536 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10538 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10539 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10541 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10542 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10545 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10546 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10547 sequence inside of a word.
10549 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10551 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10552 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10554 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10555 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10556 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10557 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10559 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10560 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10561 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10562 available on the net." t nil)
10564 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10565 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10566 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10568 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10569 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10571 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10572 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10574 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10575 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10576 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10577 Don't check included messages.
10579 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10580 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10581 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10583 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10584 in your .emacs file:
10585 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10586 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10587 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10588 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10590 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10591 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10592 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10597 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10598 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15391 60517))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10601 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10602 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10603 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10604 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10605 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10606 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10608 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10609 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10610 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10611 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10613 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10615 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10616 Switch to another buffer.
10618 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10619 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10620 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10622 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10624 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10625 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10626 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10627 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10629 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10630 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10632 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10634 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10635 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10636 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10637 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10639 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10640 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10641 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10642 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10643 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10645 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10647 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10649 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10650 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10651 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10652 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10653 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10658 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10659 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10660 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10663 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10665 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10666 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10667 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10668 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10669 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10670 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10671 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10672 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10674 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10675 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10676 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10677 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10679 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10680 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10681 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10682 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10683 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10685 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10686 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10687 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10688 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10690 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10691 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10692 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10693 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10695 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10696 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10698 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10699 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10700 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10701 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10702 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10704 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10705 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10706 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10707 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10708 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10710 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10711 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10712 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10716 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15391
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10720 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10721 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10722 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10723 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10724 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10728 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10729 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15417 7402))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10732 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10733 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10734 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10736 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10738 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10740 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10742 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10743 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10744 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10745 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10747 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10748 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10752 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10753 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10756 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10757 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10758 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10760 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10761 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10762 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10763 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10766 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10767 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10768 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10772 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10776 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10777 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10778 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10779 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10780 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10781 positions that contains the current selection.")
10783 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10784 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10785 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10786 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10787 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10788 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10789 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10794 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10797 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10798 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10799 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10801 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10805 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10806 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10809 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10811 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10812 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10814 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10816 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10817 Start or resume an Lm game.
10818 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10819 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10821 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10822 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10823 none / 1 | yes | no
10828 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10829 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10830 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10835 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10836 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15391
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10840 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10842 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10843 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10844 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10845 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10846 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10847 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10849 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10850 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10852 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10853 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10855 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10857 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10858 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10859 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10860 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10863 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10865 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10869 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10870 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15391 60562))
10871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10873 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10874 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10875 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10876 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10877 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10878 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10879 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10880 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10882 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10883 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10886 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10888 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10890 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10892 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10893 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10894 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10895 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10896 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10897 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10898 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10899 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10901 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10902 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10903 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10904 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10907 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10909 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10911 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10915 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10916 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15517 64421))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10919 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10920 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10921 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10922 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10924 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10926 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
10927 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
10930 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10932 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10933 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10934 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10935 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10936 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10939 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10940 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10941 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10942 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10943 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10945 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10946 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10947 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10948 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10949 slow to keep up with your typing.
10951 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10952 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10953 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10954 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10955 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10956 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10958 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10959 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10960 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10961 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10963 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10964 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10965 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10966 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10968 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10969 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10970 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10971 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10972 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10974 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10975 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10979 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10980 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10983 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10984 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10986 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10987 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10989 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10990 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10992 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10993 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10994 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10995 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10996 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10997 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10998 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10999 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11000 and transmit saved text.
11002 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11003 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11005 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11009 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11012 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11013 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11014 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11015 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11016 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11020 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11024 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11025 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11026 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11027 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11031 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11032 ;;;;;; (15417 7408))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11035 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11036 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11037 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11039 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11040 Run the locate command with a filter.
11042 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11043 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415))
11048 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11050 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11051 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11052 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11053 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11054 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11055 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11056 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11057 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11058 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11059 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11060 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11061 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11062 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11066 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15417
11068 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11070 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11071 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11075 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11076 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11080 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11082 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11084 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11085 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11086 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11088 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11089 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11091 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11092 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11093 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11094 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11095 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11096 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11097 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11099 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11100 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11101 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11102 switch on this list.
11103 See `lpr-command'.")
11105 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11106 *Name of program for printing a file.
11108 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11109 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11110 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11111 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11112 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11113 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11116 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11117 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11118 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11119 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11122 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11124 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11125 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11126 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11127 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11129 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11130 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11132 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11133 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11135 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11136 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11137 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11138 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11140 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11141 Paginate and print the region contents.
11143 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11144 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11145 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11146 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11148 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11149 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11152 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15417 7408))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11159 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11167 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11168 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11169 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11171 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11179 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11180 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11187 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416))
11188 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11190 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11191 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11192 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11193 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11194 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11196 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11197 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11198 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11199 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11201 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11202 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11203 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11204 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11207 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11208 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11210 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11211 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11212 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11213 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11214 each time the macro executes.
11215 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11216 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11217 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11218 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11219 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11220 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11221 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11223 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11224 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11225 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11227 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11228 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11229 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11232 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11233 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11235 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11236 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11237 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11238 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11239 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11241 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11244 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11245 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11246 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11248 You could enter the names in this format:
11254 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11257 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11260 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11261 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11263 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11268 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11271 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11272 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11273 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11274 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11276 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11277 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11278 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11279 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11280 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11282 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11283 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11284 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11285 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11287 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11288 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11293 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11297 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11298 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11300 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11302 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11303 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11305 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11306 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11307 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11310 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11314 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11315 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11316 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15517
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11320 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11321 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11322 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11323 often correct parser.")
11325 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11327 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11328 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11329 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11330 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11332 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11333 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11334 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11335 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11337 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11338 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11339 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11340 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11342 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11343 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11344 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11345 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11346 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11347 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11352 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15533 36827))
11353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11355 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11356 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11358 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11359 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11360 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11362 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11363 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11364 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11369 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11373 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11374 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11375 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11377 If `parens', they look like:
11378 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11379 If `angles', they look like:
11380 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11382 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11383 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11384 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11385 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11386 their `Resent-' variants.
11388 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11389 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11392 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11393 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11395 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11396 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11397 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11398 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11400 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11401 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11402 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11403 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11407 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11408 ;;;;;; (15391 60717))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11411 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11412 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11413 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11415 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11417 In the browser, use the following keys:
11419 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11421 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11423 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11424 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11426 `makefile-target-colon':
11427 The string that gets appended to all target names
11428 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11429 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11431 `makefile-macro-assign':
11432 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11433 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11434 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11435 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11436 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11437 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11439 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11440 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11441 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11443 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11444 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11446 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11447 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11448 up or down in the browser.
11450 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11451 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11453 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11454 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11456 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11457 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11458 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11459 has been selected in the browser.
11461 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11462 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11463 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11464 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11465 filenames are omitted.
11467 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11468 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11469 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11470 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11471 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11472 the backslash itself intact.
11473 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11474 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11476 `makefile-browser-hook':
11477 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11478 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11480 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11481 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11482 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11483 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11491 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11492 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11493 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15427 61506))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11500 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11502 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11503 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11504 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11505 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11506 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11507 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11508 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11510 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11511 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11512 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11513 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11515 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11516 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11520 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15417 7408))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11523 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11524 Toggle Master mode.
11525 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11526 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11527 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11529 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11530 following commands:
11532 \\{master-mode-map}
11534 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11535 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11536 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11540 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11541 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11542 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11543 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11544 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11545 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11546 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11547 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11548 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11549 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15531 2352))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11552 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11553 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11555 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11557 If `parens', they look like:
11558 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11559 If `angles', they look like:
11560 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11562 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11563 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11565 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11566 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11568 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11569 *Local news organization file.")
11571 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11572 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11573 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11574 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11576 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11577 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11578 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11580 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11582 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11583 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11585 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11586 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11588 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11589 *Function for citing an original message.
11590 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11591 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11592 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11594 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11595 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11596 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11597 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11598 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11600 (defvar message-signature t "\
11601 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11602 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11603 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11604 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11606 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11607 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11608 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11609 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11611 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11613 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11614 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11615 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11616 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11617 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11618 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11619 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11620 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11621 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11622 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11623 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11624 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11625 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11626 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11627 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11628 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11629 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11630 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11631 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11632 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11633 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11634 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11635 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11636 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11637 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11639 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11640 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11641 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11643 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11644 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11646 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11647 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11649 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11650 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11652 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11653 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11654 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11657 Cancel an article you posted.
11658 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11660 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11661 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11662 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11663 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11665 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11666 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11668 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11669 Forward the current message via mail.
11670 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11671 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11673 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11675 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11677 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11678 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11680 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11681 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11683 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11684 Re-mail the current message.
11685 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11686 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11689 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11690 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11692 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11693 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11695 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11696 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11698 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11699 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11701 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11702 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11703 Works by overstriking characters.
11704 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11705 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11707 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11708 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11709 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11710 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11714 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11715 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11718 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11719 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11723 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11724 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11726 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11727 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11731 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11732 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11737 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11738 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11741 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11742 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11743 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11745 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11746 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11747 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11748 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11749 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11750 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11751 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11753 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11754 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11755 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11756 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11757 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11759 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11760 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11762 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11763 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11764 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11765 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11766 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11768 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11769 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11773 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11774 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11777 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11778 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11779 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11780 to the MH mail system.
11782 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11784 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11785 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11786 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11787 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11788 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11789 that want to create a mail buffer.
11790 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11792 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11793 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11794 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11795 to the MH mail system.
11797 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11799 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11800 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11801 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11802 using the MH mail handling system.
11803 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11806 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11808 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11810 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11811 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11812 the yanked message.
11814 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11815 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11816 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11817 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11818 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11820 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11821 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11822 inserted in a draft letter.
11824 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11825 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11827 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11831 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11835 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11836 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11837 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11838 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11840 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11841 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11848 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11849 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15417 7424))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11856 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11858 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11860 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11862 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11867 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11870 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11871 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11872 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11873 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11874 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11875 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11876 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11877 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11878 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11879 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11880 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11882 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11883 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11884 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11885 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11890 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15391 60519))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11893 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11894 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11895 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11897 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11899 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11901 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11903 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11904 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11905 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11906 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11907 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11908 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11909 default indication.
11911 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11912 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11917 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11920 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11921 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11922 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11923 the entire message.
11924 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11929 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11932 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11933 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11935 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11936 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11940 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11941 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11944 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11945 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11946 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11947 followed by the first character of the construct.
11949 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11950 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11951 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11952 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11953 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11954 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11955 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11956 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11957 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11958 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11959 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11960 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11961 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11964 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11965 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11966 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11970 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11971 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11974 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11975 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11977 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11978 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15391
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11986 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11987 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11988 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11989 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11991 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11993 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11995 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11997 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11998 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11999 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12000 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12001 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12002 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12004 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12005 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12006 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12007 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12008 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12010 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12011 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12013 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12014 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12016 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12018 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12019 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12020 primary selection and region." t nil)
12024 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15505 59091))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12027 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12028 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15400 1473))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12035 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12036 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12037 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12039 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12041 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12043 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12045 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12047 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12048 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12049 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12054 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12055 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12056 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12057 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12058 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15517 64423))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12061 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12062 Display a list of all character sets.
12064 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12065 internal Emacs use.
12067 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12068 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12069 hexadecimal digits.
12070 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12071 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12073 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12074 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12075 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12076 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12078 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12079 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12081 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12082 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12083 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12084 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12085 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12087 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12088 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12089 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12090 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12091 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12093 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12094 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12095 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12096 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12097 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12099 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12100 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12102 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12103 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12104 POS defaults to point.
12105 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12106 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12107 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12109 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12110 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12112 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12113 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12115 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12116 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12118 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12119 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12120 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12121 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12122 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12123 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12124 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12125 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12126 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12127 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12128 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12129 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12130 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12131 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12132 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12133 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12135 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12136 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12138 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12139 Display a list of all coding systems.
12140 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12142 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12143 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12145 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12146 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12148 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12149 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12151 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12152 Display information about FONTSET.
12153 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12155 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12156 Display a list of all fontsets.
12157 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12158 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12159 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12161 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12162 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12164 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12165 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12167 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12168 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12169 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12170 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12174 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12175 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12176 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12177 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12178 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12179 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12180 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12183 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12184 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12185 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12187 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12188 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12190 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12191 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12193 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12194 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12196 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12197 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12198 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12199 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12200 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12202 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12203 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12204 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12205 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12206 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12208 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12209 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12211 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12213 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12214 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12216 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12217 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12218 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12220 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12221 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12222 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12224 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12225 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12226 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12228 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12229 longer than KEYSEQ.
12230 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12232 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12233 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12234 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12235 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12236 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12237 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12238 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12239 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12240 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12241 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12242 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12244 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12245 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12247 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12248 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12250 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12251 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12253 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12254 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12256 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12257 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12259 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12260 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12261 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12262 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12264 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12265 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12266 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12267 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12269 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12270 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12271 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12272 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12277 ;;;;;; (15521 59035))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12280 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12281 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12282 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12284 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12286 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12288 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12290 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12291 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12292 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12293 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12295 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12296 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12301 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12302 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12306 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12307 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12309 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12311 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12312 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12314 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12315 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12317 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12319 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12320 Run netstat program." t nil)
12322 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12323 Run the arp program." t nil)
12325 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12326 Run the route program." t nil)
12328 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12329 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12331 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12332 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12334 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12335 Run dig program." t nil)
12337 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12338 Run ftp program." t nil)
12340 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12341 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12343 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12344 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12345 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12346 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12348 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12350 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12351 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12353 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12354 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12358 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
12359 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
12360 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
12361 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
12362 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15542 65292))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12365 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12367 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12369 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12371 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12373 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12375 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12376 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12377 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12378 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12379 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12380 not to go beyond `fill-column'.")
12382 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12383 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12385 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12386 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12387 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12388 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12390 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12391 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12393 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12394 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12395 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12397 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12398 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12399 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12400 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12401 column indentation or nil.
12402 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12404 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12405 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12406 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12408 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12409 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12410 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12411 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12413 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12414 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12416 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12417 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12418 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12420 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12422 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12423 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12425 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12426 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12427 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12429 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12430 Set the comment column based on point.
12431 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12432 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12433 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12434 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12436 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12437 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12438 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12440 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12441 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12442 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12443 comment markers." t nil)
12445 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12446 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12447 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12448 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12449 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12450 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12451 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12452 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12454 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12455 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12457 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12458 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12459 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12460 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12461 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12462 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12463 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12464 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12466 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12467 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12468 This indents the body of the continued comment
12469 under the previous comment line.
12471 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12472 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12473 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12475 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12476 or comment indentation.
12478 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12479 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12487 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12488 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12489 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12490 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12491 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12492 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12496 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12497 ;;;;;; (15542 65296))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12500 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12501 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12502 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12507 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12510 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12511 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12512 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12516 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12517 ;;;;;; (15542 65296))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12520 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12521 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12526 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12529 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12530 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12532 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12533 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12535 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12536 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12540 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12541 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15517 64422))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12544 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12545 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12546 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12548 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12550 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12551 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12552 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12553 to future sessions." t nil)
12555 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12556 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12557 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12558 to future sessions." t nil)
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12563 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12566 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12567 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12569 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12570 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12571 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12576 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12579 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12580 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12581 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12582 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12583 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12587 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12588 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12591 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12592 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12593 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12595 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12597 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12598 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12600 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12601 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12602 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12604 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12608 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12609 ;;;;;; (15417 7451))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12612 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12613 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12615 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12616 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12617 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12618 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12620 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12621 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12622 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12623 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12624 is why you need this mode!).
12626 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12627 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12628 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12630 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12635 \\{octave-mode-map}
12637 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12638 ==============================================
12641 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12644 octave-auto-newline
12645 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12648 octave-blink-matching-block
12649 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12650 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12652 octave-block-offset
12653 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12656 octave-continuation-offset
12657 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12660 octave-continuation-string
12661 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12662 Default is a backslash.
12664 octave-mode-startup-message
12665 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12668 octave-send-echo-input
12669 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12670 command to the inferior Octave process.
12672 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12673 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12674 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12676 octave-send-echo-input
12677 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12679 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12681 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12682 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12684 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12685 (setq auto-mode-alist
12686 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12688 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12689 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12691 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12695 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12696 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12698 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12699 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12700 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12701 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12705 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12706 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12709 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12710 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12711 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12713 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12714 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12715 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12716 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12717 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12719 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12724 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12727 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12728 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12729 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12730 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12732 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12733 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12734 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12735 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12737 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12738 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12739 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12740 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12741 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12742 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12744 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12745 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12747 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12748 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12749 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12750 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12751 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12752 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12753 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12754 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12755 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12756 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12757 The subheadings remain visible.
12758 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12760 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12761 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12762 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12764 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12765 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12768 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12769 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12770 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15505 59086))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12777 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12778 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12779 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12781 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12783 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12785 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12787 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12788 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12789 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12790 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12792 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12793 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12801 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12802 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12803 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12805 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12806 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12808 Other useful functions are:
12810 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12811 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12812 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12813 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12814 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12815 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12816 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12817 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12818 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12820 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12822 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12823 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12824 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12825 Indentation for case statements.
12826 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12827 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12829 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12830 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12831 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12832 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12833 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12834 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12835 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12836 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12837 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12838 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12840 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12841 pascal-separator-keywords.
12843 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12844 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12848 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12849 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
12850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12852 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12853 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12854 The keys affected are:
12855 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12856 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12857 M-Backspace does undo.
12858 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12859 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12860 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12864 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12865 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15517 64422))
12866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12868 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12869 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12870 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12872 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
12874 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12876 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12878 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12879 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12881 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12883 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12884 which modify the status of the mark.
12886 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12887 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12889 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12890 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12892 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12893 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12894 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12895 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12896 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12898 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12899 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12901 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12902 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12903 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12905 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12906 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12907 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12909 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12910 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12912 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12913 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12914 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12916 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12917 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12918 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12924 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12925 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12926 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12928 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12929 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12930 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12931 and cursor movement commands.
12932 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12933 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12935 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12937 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12941 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12945 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12946 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12950 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12951 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418))
12952 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12954 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12955 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12957 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12958 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12960 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12961 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12963 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12964 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12966 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12971 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12974 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12975 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12977 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12978 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12980 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12981 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12985 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371
12987 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12989 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12990 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12991 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12992 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12993 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12994 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12998 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12999 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13000 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13003 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13004 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13006 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13008 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13009 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13012 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13014 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13015 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13017 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13019 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13020 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13022 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13023 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13025 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13026 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13030 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13031 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13032 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15505
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13036 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13037 Support extensible programmable completion.
13038 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13039 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13041 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13042 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13044 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13045 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13046 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13048 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13049 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13051 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13052 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13053 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13055 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13056 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13058 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13059 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13061 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13062 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13063 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13064 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13065 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13067 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13068 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13072 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13073 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13074 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15533 36788))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13077 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13078 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13079 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13080 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13082 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13085 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13086 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13089 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13090 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13092 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13093 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13094 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13095 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13096 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13097 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13098 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13099 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13101 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13102 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13103 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13104 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13105 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13106 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13108 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13109 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13110 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13111 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13112 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13113 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13114 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13116 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13118 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13119 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13120 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13122 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13123 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13124 nil means never do it.
13125 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13126 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13127 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13129 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13130 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13131 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473))
13136 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13138 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13142 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13143 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13146 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13147 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13148 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13149 Tab indents for Perl code.
13150 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13151 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13152 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13154 Variables controlling indentation style:
13155 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13156 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13157 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13158 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13159 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13160 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13161 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13163 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13164 `perl-indent-level'
13165 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13166 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13167 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13168 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13169 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13170 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13171 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13172 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13173 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13174 `perl-brace-offset'
13175 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13176 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13177 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13178 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13179 `perl-label-offset'
13180 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13181 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13182 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13184 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13185 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13186 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13187 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13188 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13189 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13190 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13192 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13197 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13200 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13201 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13202 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13203 afterwards settable by these commands:
13204 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13205 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13206 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13207 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13208 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13209 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13210 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13211 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13212 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13213 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13214 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13215 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13216 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13217 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13218 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13219 with these commands:
13220 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13221 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13222 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13223 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13224 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13225 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13226 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13227 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13228 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13229 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13230 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13231 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13232 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13233 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13234 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13235 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13236 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13237 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13238 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13239 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13240 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13241 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13242 text is saved in the kill ring.
13243 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13244 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13245 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13246 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13247 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13248 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13249 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13250 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13251 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13252 commands if invoked soon enough.
13253 You can return to the previous mode with:
13254 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13255 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13257 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13259 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13260 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13262 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13266 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13267 ;;;;;; (15517 64423))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13270 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13271 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13272 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13276 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15464 26331))
13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13279 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13280 Play pong and waste time.
13281 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13282 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13284 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13286 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13290 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13291 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15468 23944))
13292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13294 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13295 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13296 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13297 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13299 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13300 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13301 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13302 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13303 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13305 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13306 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13307 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13308 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13309 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13311 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13312 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13313 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13314 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13319 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
13320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13322 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13323 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13324 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13326 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13327 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13328 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13330 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13331 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418))
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13338 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13339 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13340 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15505 59092))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13346 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13350 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13351 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13352 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13353 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418))
13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13356 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13357 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13361 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13362 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13363 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13364 changed by setting the variable
13365 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13366 The initial value of this variable is
13367 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13370 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13371 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13372 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13373 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13374 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13375 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13378 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13379 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13380 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13381 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13382 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13383 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13384 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13385 use this value, be sure to have installed
13386 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13387 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13388 documentation of this variable).
13390 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13391 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13392 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13393 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13394 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13395 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13397 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13399 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13400 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13401 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13403 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13405 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13406 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13408 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13410 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13414 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13416 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13417 the sequence." nil nil)
13419 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13420 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13422 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13425 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13429 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13431 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13432 the sequence." nil nil)
13434 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13435 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13437 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13438 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13439 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13441 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13442 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13444 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13445 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13446 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13448 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13452 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13453 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13454 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13455 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13456 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13457 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15483 47733))
13458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13460 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13461 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13462 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13463 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13465 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13466 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13468 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13469 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13471 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13472 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13473 sending it to the printer.
13475 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13476 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13477 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13479 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13480 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13481 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13482 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13483 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13485 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13486 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13487 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13489 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13490 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13491 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13492 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13493 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13495 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13496 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13497 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13498 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13500 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13502 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13503 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13504 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13505 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13506 so it has a way to determine color values.
13508 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13510 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13511 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13512 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13514 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13516 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13517 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13518 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13520 so it has a way to determine color values.
13522 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13524 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13525 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13527 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13528 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13529 instead of sending it to the printer.
13531 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13532 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13533 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13535 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13536 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13537 current ps-print setup.
13538 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13539 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13541 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13542 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13543 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13545 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13546 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13547 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13549 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13550 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13552 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13553 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13555 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13556 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13558 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13559 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13561 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13563 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13565 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13566 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13568 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13569 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13571 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13572 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13574 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13576 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13578 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13580 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13581 foreground and background colors respectively.
13583 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13584 bold - use bold font.
13585 italic - use italic font.
13586 underline - put a line under text.
13587 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13588 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13589 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13590 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13591 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13593 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13597 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13598 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13599 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13600 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13601 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15455 18402))
13602 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13604 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13605 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13607 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13608 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13609 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13611 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13612 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13614 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13615 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13616 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13617 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13618 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13619 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13620 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13622 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13623 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13624 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13625 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13626 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13628 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13630 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13631 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13632 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13633 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13634 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13635 list of candidates.
13637 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13638 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13639 command to be called.
13641 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13642 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13643 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13644 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13646 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13647 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13648 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13649 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13650 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13653 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13654 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13655 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13656 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13658 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13659 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13660 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13661 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13663 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13664 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13665 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13666 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13667 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13668 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13670 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13671 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13672 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13673 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13674 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13675 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13677 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13678 covers Quail translation region.
13680 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13681 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13682 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13683 for it) is inserted.
13685 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13686 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13687 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13689 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13690 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13691 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13693 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13694 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13696 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13697 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13698 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13699 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13700 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13702 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13703 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13705 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13706 keyboard type." t nil)
13708 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13709 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13710 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13711 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13712 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13713 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13714 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13715 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13716 for the translation.
13717 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13719 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13720 it is used to handle KEY.
13722 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13723 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13724 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13725 the following annotation types are supported.
13727 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13728 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13730 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13733 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13734 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13735 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13738 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13739 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13741 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13742 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13744 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13745 which to install MAP.
13747 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13749 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13750 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13752 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13753 which to install MAP.
13755 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13757 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13758 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13759 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13760 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13761 a function, or a cons.
13762 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13763 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13764 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13765 for the translation.
13766 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13767 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13768 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13769 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13770 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13772 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13773 it is used to handle KEY.
13775 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13776 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13777 current Quail package.
13779 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13780 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13782 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13783 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13785 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13786 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13788 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13790 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13791 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13793 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13794 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13795 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13796 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13797 of the Emacs source tree.
13799 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13800 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13802 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13803 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13804 of each directory." t nil)
13808 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13809 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13810 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371
13812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13814 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13815 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13816 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13817 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13819 To make use of this do something like:
13821 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13823 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13825 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13826 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13828 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13829 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13830 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13832 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13833 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13835 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13836 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13838 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13839 is decided." t nil)
13841 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13842 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13844 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13845 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13846 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13848 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13849 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13851 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13852 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13854 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13855 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13857 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13859 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13861 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13862 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13866 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15427
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13870 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13871 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13872 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13876 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13877 ;;;;;; (15391 60528))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13880 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13881 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13885 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13886 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13887 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15400 1473))
13888 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13890 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13891 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13893 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13894 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13896 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13897 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13899 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13900 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13901 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13902 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13903 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13905 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13906 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13908 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13909 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13910 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13912 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13914 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13916 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13918 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13919 Toggle recentf mode.
13920 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13921 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13923 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13924 were operated on recently." t nil)
13928 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13929 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13930 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13931 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15525
13933 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13935 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13936 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
13937 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
13938 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13939 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13941 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13942 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13943 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13944 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13947 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13948 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13949 to be deleted." t nil)
13951 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13952 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13953 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13955 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13956 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13959 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13960 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13961 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13963 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13964 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13966 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13967 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13969 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13972 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13973 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13975 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13976 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13977 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13978 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13979 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13980 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13981 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13983 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13984 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13986 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13987 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13989 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13990 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13991 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13992 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13994 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13995 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13996 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13997 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13998 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14000 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14003 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14004 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14005 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14007 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14009 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14011 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14012 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14014 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14015 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14016 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14018 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14019 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14020 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14022 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14023 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14024 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14028 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15417
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14032 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14033 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14034 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14036 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14037 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14038 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14042 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14043 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
14044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14046 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14047 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14049 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14050 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14052 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14053 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14055 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14056 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14057 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14060 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14061 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14062 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14064 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14065 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14066 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14068 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14069 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14071 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14072 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14074 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14075 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14078 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14082 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14083 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14086 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14087 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14088 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14089 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14090 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14091 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14093 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14095 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14097 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14098 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14099 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14100 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14102 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14103 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14104 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14105 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14109 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14110 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
14111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14113 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14114 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14115 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14117 To insert new phrases, use
14118 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14119 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14121 To index phrases use one of:
14123 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14124 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14125 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14126 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14127 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14129 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14130 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14132 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14134 Here are all local bindings.
14136 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14140 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14141 ;;;;;; (15425 28363))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14144 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14145 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14146 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14147 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14148 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14149 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14151 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14152 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14154 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14155 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14157 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14158 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14159 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14160 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14167 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14168 Repeat most recently executed command.
14169 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14170 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14171 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14173 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14174 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14175 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14179 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14180 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14183 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14184 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14186 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14187 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14188 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14189 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14190 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14191 and point is left after the salutation.
14193 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14194 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14195 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14196 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14197 left after that text.
14199 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14202 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14203 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14204 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14205 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14209 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14210 ;;;;;; (15391 60519))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14213 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14214 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14215 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14216 visibility of comments that precede it.
14217 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14218 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14219 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14220 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14221 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14222 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14223 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14224 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14226 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14227 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14228 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14229 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14230 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14231 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14239 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14240 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14245 ;;;;;; (15417 7409))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14248 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14249 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14250 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14252 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14253 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14254 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14256 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14257 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14258 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14260 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14262 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14264 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14266 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14267 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14268 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14270 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14271 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14272 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14277 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14278 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15505 59086))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14281 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14282 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14283 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14284 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14285 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14287 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14288 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14289 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14290 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14291 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14293 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14294 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14295 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14297 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14299 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14301 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14303 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14304 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14305 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
14306 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14307 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14308 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14309 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
14311 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14312 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14317 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14320 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14321 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14323 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14324 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15505 59088))
14329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14330 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14332 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14333 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14334 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14335 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14337 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14339 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14340 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14341 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14342 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14344 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14345 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14347 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14348 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14350 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14351 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14354 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14355 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14356 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14357 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14358 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14360 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14361 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14362 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14363 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14365 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14366 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14371 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14372 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14373 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14374 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14375 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14376 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14377 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15521 59035))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14380 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14381 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14382 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14383 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14385 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14386 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14387 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14388 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14389 value is the user's email address and name.)
14390 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14392 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14393 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14394 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14395 which normally happens once for each message,
14396 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14397 To make a change in this variable take effect
14398 for a message that you have already viewed,
14399 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14401 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14402 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14403 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14404 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14406 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14407 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14409 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14410 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14411 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14412 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14414 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14415 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14417 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14418 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14420 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14421 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14422 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14423 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14424 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14426 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14427 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14429 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14430 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14432 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14433 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14435 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14436 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14438 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14439 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14441 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14442 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14444 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14445 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14447 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14448 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14450 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14451 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14452 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14453 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14455 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14456 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14458 This is set to nil by default.")
14460 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14461 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14462 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14463 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14464 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14466 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14467 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14468 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14469 It is called with no argument.")
14471 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14472 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14473 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14474 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14475 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14476 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14477 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14479 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14480 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14481 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14482 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14483 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14484 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14486 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14487 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14488 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14489 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14490 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14492 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14493 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14494 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14495 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14496 MSG is the message number,
14497 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14498 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14500 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14501 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14502 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14503 this feature is required with `require'.")
14505 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14506 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14507 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14508 the message is decoded as normal way.
14510 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14511 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14512 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14514 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14515 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14516 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14518 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14519 Read and edit incoming mail.
14520 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14521 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14522 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14524 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14525 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14526 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14527 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14529 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14531 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14532 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14533 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14534 Instead, these commands are available:
14536 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14537 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14538 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14539 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14540 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14541 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14542 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14543 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14544 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14545 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14546 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14547 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14548 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14549 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14550 till a deleted message is found.
14551 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14552 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14553 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14554 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14555 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14556 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14557 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14558 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14559 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14560 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14561 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14562 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14563 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14564 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14565 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14566 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14567 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14568 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14569 (label defaults to last one specified).
14570 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14571 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14572 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14573 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14574 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14575 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14576 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14577 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14578 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14580 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14581 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14583 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14584 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14588 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14589 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14590 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14592 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14593 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14597 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14598 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14599 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14602 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14603 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14604 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14606 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14607 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14608 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14610 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14612 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14613 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14614 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14615 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14616 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14618 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14619 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14620 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14621 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14622 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14626 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14627 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14630 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14631 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14632 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14633 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14637 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14638 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14639 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15371 46424))
14640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14642 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14643 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14644 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14645 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14646 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14647 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14648 a file name as a string.")
14650 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14651 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14652 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14653 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14654 buffer visiting that file.
14655 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14656 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14658 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14659 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14661 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14662 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14664 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14665 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14667 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14668 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14670 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14671 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14672 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14673 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14674 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14676 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14677 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14678 will be appended with their original headers.
14680 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14681 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14683 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14684 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14686 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14688 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14689 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14690 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14695 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14696 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371
14698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14700 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14701 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14702 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14704 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14705 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14706 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14708 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14709 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14710 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14712 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14713 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14714 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14716 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14717 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14718 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14720 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14721 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14722 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14724 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14725 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14726 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14727 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14731 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14732 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14733 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14734 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14735 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15483 47733))
14736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14738 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14739 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14741 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14742 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14744 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14745 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14747 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14748 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14749 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14751 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14752 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14753 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14754 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14755 only look in the To and From fields.
14756 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14758 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14759 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14760 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14761 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14762 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14764 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14765 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14766 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14767 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14768 look in the whole message.
14769 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14771 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14772 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14773 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14775 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14776 *Function to decode summary-line.
14778 By default, `identity' is set.")
14780 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14781 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14782 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14783 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14784 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14785 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14786 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14788 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14789 sent by you under different user names.
14790 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14792 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14796 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14797 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14800 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14801 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14802 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14803 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14807 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14808 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418))
14809 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14811 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14812 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14813 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14815 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14816 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14819 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14821 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14822 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14826 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14827 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14828 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14829 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14830 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14831 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14833 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14834 *This variable is obsolete.")
14836 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14838 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14840 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14841 *This variable is obsolete.")
14843 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14844 *This variable is obsolete.")
14846 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14847 *This variable is obsolete.")
14849 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14850 *This variable is obsolete.")
14852 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14853 *This variable is obsolete.")
14855 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14856 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14860 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14864 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14865 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14869 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14873 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14874 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14875 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14876 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14878 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14879 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14880 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14882 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14886 matches string STRING literally.
14889 matches character CHAR literally.
14892 matches any character except a newline.
14895 matches any character
14898 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14899 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14905 matches any character not in SET
14908 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14909 in the text being matched
14912 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14915 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14916 string being matched against.
14919 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14920 string being matched against.
14923 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14924 buffer being matched against.
14927 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14928 buffer being matched against.
14931 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14934 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14938 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14941 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14944 `(not word-boundary)'
14945 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14949 matches 0 through 9.
14952 matches ASCII control characters.
14955 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14958 matches space and tab only.
14961 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14965 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14969 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14970 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14973 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14974 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14977 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14980 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14983 matches anything lower-case.
14986 matches anything upper-case.
14989 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14990 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14993 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14996 matches anything that has word syntax.
14999 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15000 of the following symbols.
15002 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15003 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15006 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15007 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15008 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15009 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15010 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15012 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15013 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15014 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15016 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15017 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15019 `(category CATEGORY)'
15020 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15021 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15023 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15024 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15025 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15026 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15030 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15031 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15032 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15033 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15034 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15035 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15036 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15037 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15038 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15039 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15040 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15041 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15042 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15051 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15055 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15057 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15062 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15063 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15065 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15066 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15068 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15069 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15070 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15072 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15073 another name for `submatch'.
15075 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15076 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15077 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15078 regular expression.
15080 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15081 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15082 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15083 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15084 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15086 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15087 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15089 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15090 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15093 like `zero-or-more'.
15096 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15099 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15101 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15102 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15105 like `one-or-more'.
15108 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15111 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15113 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15114 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15117 like `zero-or-one'.
15120 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15123 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15126 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15128 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15129 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15132 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15136 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15140 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15141 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
15142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15144 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15145 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15146 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15148 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15149 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15150 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15151 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15152 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15153 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15154 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15155 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15158 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15159 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15160 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15161 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15162 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15164 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15165 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15166 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15169 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15170 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15171 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15172 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15173 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15174 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15178 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15179 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
15180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15182 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15183 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15184 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15186 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15190 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400
15192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15194 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15195 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15196 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15197 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15199 Interesting variables:
15201 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15202 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15204 `scribe-electric-quote'
15205 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15207 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15208 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15209 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15213 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15214 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15371 46423))
15215 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15217 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15218 Control/track scroll locking.
15220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15221 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15223 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15225 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15227 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15228 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15232 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15233 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15234 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15235 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15236 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15237 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
15238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15240 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15241 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15243 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15245 If `parens', they look like:
15246 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15247 If `angles', they look like:
15248 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15249 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15250 derived from the envelope-from address.
15252 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15253 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15254 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15255 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15257 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15258 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15259 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15260 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15262 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15263 is a privileged operation.")
15265 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15266 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15267 This is done when the message is initialized,
15268 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15270 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15271 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15272 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15274 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15275 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15277 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15278 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15279 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15280 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15281 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15282 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15283 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15285 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15286 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15288 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15289 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15290 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15292 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15293 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15294 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15295 when you first send mail.")
15297 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15298 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15299 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15300 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15301 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15303 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15304 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15305 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15306 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15307 This file need not actually exist.")
15309 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15310 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15311 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15312 If a string, that string is inserted.
15313 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15314 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15315 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15316 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15318 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15319 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15320 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15321 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15322 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15323 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15324 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15325 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15326 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15327 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15328 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15329 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15330 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15331 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15332 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15334 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15335 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15336 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15337 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15338 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15339 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15341 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15342 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15343 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15345 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15346 User should not set this variable manually,
15347 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15348 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15349 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15350 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15352 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15353 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15354 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15355 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15357 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15358 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15361 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15363 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15364 to move to message header fields:
15367 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15368 when the message is initialized.
15370 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15371 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15373 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15376 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15377 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15379 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15380 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15382 The second through fifth arguments,
15383 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15384 the initial contents of those header fields.
15385 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15386 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15387 original message being replied to, or else an action
15388 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15389 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15390 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15391 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15392 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15393 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15395 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15396 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15398 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15399 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15406 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15407 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15408 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15409 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15410 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15411 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15413 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15417 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15418 ;;;;;; (15542 65299))
15419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15421 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15422 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15424 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15427 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15428 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15429 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15431 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15432 your `.emacs' file.
15434 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15436 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15437 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15438 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15440 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15441 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15442 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15443 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15444 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15445 which this is based.
15447 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15449 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15450 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15451 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15452 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15454 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15455 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15456 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15458 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15459 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15460 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15461 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15463 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15464 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15465 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15466 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15468 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15470 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15471 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
15472 To work around that, do:
15473 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15475 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15480 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15483 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15485 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15486 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15487 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15488 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15489 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15490 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15492 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15493 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15494 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15495 shell-specific features.
15497 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15498 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15499 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15501 \\[sh-case] case statement
15502 \\[sh-for] for loop
15503 \\[sh-function] function definition
15504 \\[sh-if] if statement
15505 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15506 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15507 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15508 \\[sh-select] select loop
15509 \\[sh-until] until loop
15510 \\[sh-while] while loop
15512 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15513 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15514 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15515 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15516 would indent to the way it currently is.
15517 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15518 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15521 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15522 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15523 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15524 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15525 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15526 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15528 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15530 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15532 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15533 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15534 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15536 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15537 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15539 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15544 ;;;;;; (15525 27359))
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15547 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15548 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15550 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15551 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15552 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15553 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15556 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15558 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15560 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15561 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15562 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15564 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15565 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15567 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15568 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15569 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15570 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15571 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15572 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15573 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15576 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15577 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15578 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15579 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15580 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15582 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15583 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15584 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15588 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15589 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15517
15591 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15593 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15594 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15595 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15596 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15597 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15598 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15599 in the cluster." t nil)
15601 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15602 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15603 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15604 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15605 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15607 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15608 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15609 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15610 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15611 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15612 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15613 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15615 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15616 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15620 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15621 ;;;;;; (15533 36790))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15624 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15625 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15626 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15627 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15628 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15631 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15632 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15633 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15634 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15635 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15636 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15637 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15638 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15639 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15640 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15641 discards input when it starts up.)
15642 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15643 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15644 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15647 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15648 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15649 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15651 `default-process-coding-system'.
15653 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15654 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15655 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15656 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15659 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400
15665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15667 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15668 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15669 \\{simula-mode-map}
15670 Variables controlling indentation style:
15671 simula-tab-always-indent
15672 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15673 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15674 simula-indent-level
15675 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15676 simula-substatement-offset
15677 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15678 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15679 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15680 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15681 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15682 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15683 simula-label-offset -4711
15684 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15685 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15686 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15687 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15688 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15689 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15690 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15691 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15692 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15693 simula-electric-indent nil
15694 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15695 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15696 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15697 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15698 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15699 or nil if they should not be changed.
15700 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15701 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15702 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15703 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15705 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15706 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15708 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15709 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15714 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15715 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15716 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15719 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15720 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15722 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15723 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15724 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15725 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15726 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15728 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15729 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15730 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15731 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15732 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15733 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15734 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15736 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15737 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15740 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15741 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15742 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15743 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15744 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15745 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15746 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15748 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15749 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15752 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15753 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15755 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15756 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15757 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15758 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15760 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15761 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15762 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15763 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15765 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15766 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15767 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15769 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15770 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15772 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15773 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15775 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15776 _ interesting point, interregion here
15777 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15778 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15779 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15780 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15781 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15782 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15785 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15786 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15788 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15789 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15790 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15791 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15792 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15793 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15794 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15795 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15797 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15798 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15799 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15800 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15801 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15804 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15805 then: insert previously read string once more
15806 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15807 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15808 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15810 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15811 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15813 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15814 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15816 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15817 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15818 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15819 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15820 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15823 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15824 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15825 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15829 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371
15831 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15833 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15834 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15835 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15839 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15840 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
15841 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15843 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15844 Display textual smileys as images.
15845 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15846 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15847 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15852 ;;;;;; (15417 7425))
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15855 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15859 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15542 65298))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15862 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15863 Play the Snake game.
15864 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15866 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15868 Snake mode keybindings:
15870 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15871 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15872 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15873 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15874 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15875 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15876 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15881 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15884 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15885 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15886 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15887 Tab indents for C code.
15888 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15889 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15891 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15892 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15894 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15895 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15896 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15897 Tab indents for C code.
15898 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15899 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15901 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15902 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15906 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15907 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15908 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15533 36800))
15909 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15911 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15912 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15914 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15915 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15916 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15918 For example, the form
15920 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15921 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15923 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15925 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15926 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15928 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15929 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15930 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15933 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15935 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15936 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15938 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15939 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15940 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15943 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15945 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15946 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15947 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15950 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15952 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15953 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15954 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15956 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15957 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15959 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15961 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15962 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15963 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15967 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15371
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15971 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15974 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15975 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15976 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15977 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15978 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15979 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15980 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15981 check after each move or undo)
15985 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15986 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15987 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16006 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16007 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16008 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16009 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16011 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16012 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16013 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16016 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16017 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16019 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16035 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16037 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16041 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16042 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16043 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15542 65292))
16044 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16046 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16047 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16048 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16050 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16051 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16052 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16053 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16056 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16057 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16061 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16062 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16064 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16065 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16066 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16067 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16070 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16071 It should move point to the end of the record.
16073 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16074 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16075 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16076 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16077 starts at the beginning of the record.
16079 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16080 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16081 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16083 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16084 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16086 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16087 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16088 the sort order." t nil)
16090 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16091 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16092 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16093 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16094 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16095 the sort order." t nil)
16097 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16098 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16099 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16100 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16101 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16102 the sort order." t nil)
16104 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16105 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16107 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16108 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16109 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16110 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16111 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16112 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16114 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16115 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16116 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16117 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16118 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16119 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16120 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16121 the sort order." t nil)
16123 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16124 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16125 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16126 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16127 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16128 is to be used for sorting.
16129 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16130 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16131 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16132 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16133 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16135 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16137 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16140 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16141 starting with the letter \"f\",
16142 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16144 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16145 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16146 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16147 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16148 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16149 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16150 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16153 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16154 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16155 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16156 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16157 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16159 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16160 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16161 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16166 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15525 27358))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16169 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16171 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16172 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16173 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16174 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16175 supported at a time.
16176 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16177 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16179 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16180 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16181 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16182 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16186 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16187 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417))
16188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16190 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16192 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16193 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16194 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16195 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16196 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16197 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16199 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16200 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16201 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16202 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16204 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16205 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16206 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16207 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16208 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16210 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16211 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16215 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371
16217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16219 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16220 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16222 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16223 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16227 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16228 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16229 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097))
16230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16232 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16233 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16235 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16236 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16238 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16240 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16241 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16243 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16245 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16246 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16247 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16248 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16249 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16250 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16251 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16253 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16255 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16256 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16257 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16258 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16260 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16261 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16262 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16263 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16265 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16266 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16267 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16269 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16270 Major mode to edit SQL.
16272 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16273 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16274 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16277 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16279 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16280 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16281 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16282 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16283 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16284 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16286 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16287 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16289 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16290 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16291 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16293 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16295 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16297 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16298 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16300 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16301 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16304 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16305 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16306 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16307 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16309 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16310 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16312 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16313 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16314 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16315 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16316 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16317 `default-process-coding-system'.
16319 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16321 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16322 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16324 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16325 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16328 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16329 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16330 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16331 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16333 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16334 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16336 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16337 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16338 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16339 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16340 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16341 `default-process-coding-system'.
16343 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16345 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16346 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16353 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16355 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16360 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16363 `default-process-coding-system'.
16365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16367 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16368 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16370 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16372 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16373 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16376 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16377 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16378 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16379 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16381 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16382 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16384 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16385 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16386 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16387 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16388 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16389 `default-process-coding-system'.
16391 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16393 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16394 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16396 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16397 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16400 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16401 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16409 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16412 `default-process-coding-system'.
16414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16416 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16417 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16419 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16420 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16423 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16424 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16426 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16427 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16429 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16430 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16431 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16432 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16433 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16434 `default-process-coding-system'.
16436 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16438 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16439 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16441 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16442 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16445 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16446 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16447 as defaults, if set.
16449 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16452 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16453 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16454 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16455 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16456 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16457 `default-process-coding-system'.
16459 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16461 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16462 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16464 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16465 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16468 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16469 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16470 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16471 `sql-postgres-options'.
16473 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16474 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16477 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16478 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16481 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16482 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16483 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16485 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16486 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16488 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16490 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16491 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16493 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16494 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16497 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16498 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16501 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16502 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16504 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16505 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16506 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16507 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16508 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16509 `default-process-coding-system'.
16511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16513 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16514 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16516 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16517 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16520 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16523 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16524 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16526 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16527 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16528 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16529 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16531 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16532 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16533 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16534 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16535 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16536 `default-process-coding-system'.
16538 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16542 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16543 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16544 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16545 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16546 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16547 ;;;;;; (15465 22816))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16550 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16551 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16553 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16555 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16557 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16559 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16560 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16561 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16562 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16563 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16564 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16566 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16568 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16569 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16570 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16571 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16572 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16573 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16574 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16576 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16577 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16578 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16579 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16580 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16581 then complete the stroke with button3.
16582 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16584 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16585 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16586 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16588 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16589 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16590 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16592 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16593 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16595 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16597 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16598 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16600 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16601 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16603 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16605 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16606 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16607 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16608 chronologically by command name.
16609 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16611 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16612 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16613 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16614 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16615 mode in all buffers when activated.
16616 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16619 > M-x global-set-stroke
16621 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16622 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16625 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16626 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16628 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16629 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16630 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16631 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16633 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16634 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16639 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15391 60712))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16642 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16643 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16645 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16646 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16648 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16649 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16654 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16657 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16658 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16659 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16660 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16661 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16662 original message but it does require a few things:
16664 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16666 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16669 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16670 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16673 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16675 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16677 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16678 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16679 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15391
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16687 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16688 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16689 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16690 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16692 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16693 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16694 avoid a more expansive scan.
16695 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16702 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16703 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16704 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16705 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16706 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16708 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16709 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16710 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16711 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16712 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16713 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16714 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16718 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15371 46416))
16719 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16721 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16722 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15525 27359))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16729 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16730 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16731 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16732 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16733 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16734 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16735 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16737 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16738 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16739 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16740 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16742 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16743 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16748 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15531 2353))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16751 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16752 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16753 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16754 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16755 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16756 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16758 Variables controlling indentation style:
16760 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16761 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16762 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16764 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16765 documentation for details):
16766 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16767 Controls action of TAB key.
16769 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16770 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16771 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16772 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16773 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16775 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16776 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16777 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16781 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16783 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16784 Run inferior Tcl process.
16785 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16786 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16788 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16789 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16790 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16796 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16798 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16799 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16800 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16801 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16802 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16803 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16804 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16805 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16807 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16808 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16809 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16810 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16814 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15455
16816 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16818 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16819 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16820 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16821 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16822 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16823 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16825 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16826 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16828 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16829 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16833 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15505
16835 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16837 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16838 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16839 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16840 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16841 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16842 program as keyboard input.
16844 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16845 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16846 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16847 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16849 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16850 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16851 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16852 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16853 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16855 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16857 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16858 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16859 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16860 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16862 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16863 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16864 subprocess started." t nil)
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15542 65298))
16869 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16871 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16872 Play the Tetris game.
16873 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16874 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16875 as to form complete rows.
16877 tetris-mode keybindings:
16878 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16879 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16880 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16881 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16882 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16883 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16884 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16885 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16886 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16893 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16894 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16895 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16896 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16897 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16898 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16899 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
16900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16902 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16903 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16905 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16906 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16907 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16908 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16909 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16911 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16912 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16913 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16914 if it matches the first line of the file,
16915 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16917 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16918 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16919 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16920 if the variable is non-nil.")
16922 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16923 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16925 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16926 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16927 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16928 See the documentation of that variable.")
16930 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16931 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16932 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16933 See the documentation of that variable.")
16935 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16936 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16937 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16938 See the documentation of that variable.")
16940 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16941 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16942 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16943 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16945 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16946 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16947 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16949 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16950 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16951 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16952 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16954 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16955 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16956 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16957 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16959 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16960 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16961 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16962 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16964 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16965 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16968 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16969 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16971 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16974 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16975 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16976 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16977 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16979 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16980 window system being used. For example,
16982 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16983 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16985 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16988 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16989 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16990 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16992 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16993 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16994 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16995 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16996 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16998 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16999 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17001 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17002 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17004 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17005 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17006 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17007 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17008 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17009 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17010 says which mode to use." t nil)
17012 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17014 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17016 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17018 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17019 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17020 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17021 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17022 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17024 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17025 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17026 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17027 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17028 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17029 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17030 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17032 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17033 mismatched $'s or braces.
17036 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17040 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17042 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17043 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17044 tex-dvi-print-command
17045 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17046 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17047 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17048 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17049 tex-dvi-view-command
17050 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17051 tex-show-queue-command
17052 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17053 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17055 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17056 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17057 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17059 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17060 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17061 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17062 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17063 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17065 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17066 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17067 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17068 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17069 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17070 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17071 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17073 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17074 mismatched $'s or braces.
17081 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17083 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17084 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17085 tex-dvi-print-command
17086 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17087 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17088 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17089 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17090 tex-dvi-view-command
17091 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17092 tex-show-queue-command
17093 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17094 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17096 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17097 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17098 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17100 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17101 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17102 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17103 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17104 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17106 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17107 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17108 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17109 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17110 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17111 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17112 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17114 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17115 mismatched $'s or braces.
17118 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17122 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17124 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17125 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17126 tex-dvi-print-command
17127 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17128 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17129 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17130 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17131 tex-dvi-view-command
17132 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17133 tex-show-queue-command
17134 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17135 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17137 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17138 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17139 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17140 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17142 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17147 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15505 59092))
17148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17150 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17151 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17152 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17153 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17155 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17156 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17157 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17159 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17160 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17161 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17162 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17163 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17165 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17166 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17167 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17168 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17170 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17171 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17172 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17173 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17175 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17176 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17181 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15505 59092))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17184 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17185 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17187 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17188 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17190 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17191 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17193 It has these extra commands:
17194 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17196 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17197 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17198 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17199 modified version of TeX input format.
17201 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17202 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17203 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17204 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17206 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17207 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17208 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17209 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17210 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17211 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17212 in the Texinfo file.
17214 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17215 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17216 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17217 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17218 move forward past the closing brace.
17220 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17221 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17223 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17224 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17225 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17227 Here are the functions:
17229 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17230 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17231 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17233 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17234 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17235 texinfo-master-menu
17237 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17239 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17240 which menu descriptions are indented.
17242 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17243 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17246 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17247 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17248 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17249 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17251 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17252 be the first node in the file.
17254 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17255 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17259 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17260 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17261 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15391 60704))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17264 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17265 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17266 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17267 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17269 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17270 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17272 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17273 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17275 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17277 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17278 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17279 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17280 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17283 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17287 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17288 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17289 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418))
17290 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17292 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17293 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17295 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17296 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17297 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17298 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17299 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17301 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17302 a symbol as a valid THING.
17304 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17305 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17307 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17308 Return the THING at point.
17309 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17310 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17311 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17313 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17314 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17316 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17318 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17320 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17322 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
17327 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
17328 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
17329 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
17330 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15441
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17334 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17335 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17336 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17338 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17339 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17341 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17342 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17343 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17345 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17346 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17348 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17349 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17351 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17352 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17353 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17354 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17356 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17357 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17358 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17359 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17361 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17363 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17364 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17365 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17367 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17368 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17369 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17371 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17373 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17378 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17381 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17382 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17383 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17384 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17386 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17388 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17389 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17390 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17391 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17393 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17398 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15450 56540))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17401 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17402 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17404 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17405 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17406 This display updates automatically every minute.
17407 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17408 are displayed as well.
17409 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17411 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17412 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17413 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17415 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17417 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17419 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17421 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17422 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17423 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17425 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17426 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17427 are displayed as well.
17428 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17433 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17434 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17435 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17438 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17439 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17441 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17442 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17444 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17445 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17447 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17448 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17450 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17451 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17452 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17454 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17456 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17457 Subtract two time values.
17458 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17460 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17461 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17463 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17464 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17465 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17467 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17468 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17469 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17471 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17472 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17474 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17475 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17477 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17478 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17479 TIME should be a time value.
17480 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17482 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17483 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17484 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17488 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17489 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15371 46418))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17492 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17493 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17494 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17495 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17496 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17497 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17498 look like one of the following:
17501 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17502 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17503 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17504 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17505 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17506 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17509 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17510 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17511 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17515 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17516 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17517 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17518 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17519 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
17520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17522 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17523 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17524 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17525 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17526 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17527 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17528 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17529 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17531 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17532 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17533 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17534 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17535 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17536 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17537 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17538 this function is called within a day.
17540 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17541 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17542 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17543 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17545 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17546 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17547 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17548 begun during the last time segment.
17550 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17551 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17552 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17553 discover the reason." t nil)
17555 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17556 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17558 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17559 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17560 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17561 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17562 project you were working on." t nil)
17564 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17565 Ask the user before clocking out.
17566 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17568 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17569 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17570 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17572 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17573 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17574 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17575 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17576 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17577 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17579 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17580 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17581 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17582 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17584 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17585 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17586 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17587 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17588 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17589 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17590 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17591 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17597 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17598 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17601 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17603 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17604 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17606 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17607 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17609 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17610 Perform an action at time TIME.
17611 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17612 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17613 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17614 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17615 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17616 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17618 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17620 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17621 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17622 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17623 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17624 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17626 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17628 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17629 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17630 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17631 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17633 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17634 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17635 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17636 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17638 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17639 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17641 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17642 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17644 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17645 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17646 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17647 The call should look like:
17648 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17649 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17650 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17651 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17652 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17656 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17657 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15542 65297))
17658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17660 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17661 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17662 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17663 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17665 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17666 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17667 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17668 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17669 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17670 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17671 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17675 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17676 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15450 56540))
17677 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17678 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17679 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17680 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17682 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17683 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17684 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17685 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17686 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17688 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17689 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17690 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17691 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17692 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17694 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17695 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17696 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17697 in the menu in two ways:
17698 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17699 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17700 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17702 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17703 keymap or an alist of alists.
17704 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17705 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17709 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17710 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17711 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15391 60522))
17712 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17714 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17715 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17717 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17718 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17720 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17721 Insert new TODO list entry.
17722 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17725 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17726 List top priorities for each category.
17728 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17729 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17731 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17732 between each category." t nil)
17734 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17735 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17736 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17737 between each category.
17739 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17741 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17742 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17744 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17746 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17747 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17749 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17750 Show TODO list." t nil)
17754 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17755 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17756 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15531 2353))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17759 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17760 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17761 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17763 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17765 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17767 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17769 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17770 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17771 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17773 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17774 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17776 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17778 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17779 Add an item to the tool bar.
17780 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17781 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17782 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17783 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17785 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17786 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17787 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17789 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17790 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17792 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17793 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17794 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17795 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17796 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17797 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17799 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17800 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17801 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17803 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17804 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17805 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17806 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17807 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17808 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17809 properties to add to the binding.
17811 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17813 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17814 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17816 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17817 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17818 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17819 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17820 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17821 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17822 properties to add to the binding.
17824 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17828 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17829 ;;;;;; (15427 61506))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17832 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17833 Mode for tooltip display.
17834 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17836 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17837 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17839 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17841 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17843 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17847 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15417
17849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17851 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17853 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17855 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17856 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17860 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17861 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419))
17862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17864 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17865 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17867 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17868 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17870 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17871 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17875 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17878 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17879 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17880 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17881 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17882 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17886 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17887 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419))
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17890 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17891 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17893 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17894 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17895 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17896 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17897 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17898 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17899 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17900 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17902 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17903 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17904 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17905 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17906 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17907 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17908 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17912 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17913 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417))
17914 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17915 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17916 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17917 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17919 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17920 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17921 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17922 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17923 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17924 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17925 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17927 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17928 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17929 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17930 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17932 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17934 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17935 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17936 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17937 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17938 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17939 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17940 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17942 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17943 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17945 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17948 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17950 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17954 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17955 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17956 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17957 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17960 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17961 Toggle typing break mode.
17962 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17964 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17966 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17968 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17970 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17971 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17973 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17974 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17976 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17977 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17978 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17980 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17981 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17983 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17984 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17985 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17987 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17988 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17989 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17990 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17991 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17992 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17994 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17995 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17996 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17997 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17999 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18000 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18002 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18003 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18005 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18006 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18007 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18009 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18010 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18011 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18012 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18013 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18014 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18015 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18017 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18018 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18020 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18021 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18022 reset the keystroke counter.
18024 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18025 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18026 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18027 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18029 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18030 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18031 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18032 `type-break-schedule' command.
18034 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18035 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18036 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18037 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18038 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18039 or not to continue.
18041 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18042 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18043 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18044 approximate good values for this.
18046 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18047 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18049 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18050 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18051 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18052 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18053 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18054 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18056 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18057 a typing break occur. They include:
18059 `type-break-query-mode'
18060 `type-break-query-function'
18061 `type-break-query-interval'
18063 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18065 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18066 Take a typing break.
18068 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18069 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18071 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18072 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18074 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18075 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18076 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18077 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18079 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18080 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18082 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18083 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18084 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18085 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18086 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18087 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18088 average typing speed.)
18090 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18091 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18092 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18093 the computed maximum threshold.
18095 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18096 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18097 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18098 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18099 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18103 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417))
18105 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18107 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18108 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18109 Works by overstriking underscores.
18110 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18111 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18113 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18114 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18115 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18116 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18120 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18121 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424))
18122 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18124 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18125 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18126 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18128 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18129 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18130 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18131 following the containing message." t nil)
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18136 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18139 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18140 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18141 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18142 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18143 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18144 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18146 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18147 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18151 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18152 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18155 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18156 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18157 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18158 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18159 to refrain from editing the file
18160 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18161 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18162 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18163 in any way you like." nil nil)
18165 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18166 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18167 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18168 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18169 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18171 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18172 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18177 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18180 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18181 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18182 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18183 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18185 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18186 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18187 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18192 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18193 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18194 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18195 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18196 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18197 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15515 47301))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18200 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18201 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18204 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18205 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18208 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18209 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18212 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18213 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18215 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18216 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18217 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18218 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18219 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18220 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18222 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18223 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18224 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18225 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18226 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18228 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18229 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18230 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18231 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18232 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18233 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18234 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18235 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18236 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18237 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18238 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18240 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18241 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18243 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18244 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18246 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18247 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18248 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18249 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18250 lock steals will raise an error.
18252 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18254 For RCS and SCCS files:
18255 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18257 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18258 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18259 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18260 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18261 it performs a revert.
18262 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18263 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18264 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18265 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18266 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18267 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18268 the option to steal the lock.
18271 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18272 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18273 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18274 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18275 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18276 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18277 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18278 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18279 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18281 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18282 Register the current file into a version control system.
18283 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18284 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18286 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18287 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18288 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18289 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18290 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18291 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18293 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18294 Display diffs between file versions.
18295 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18296 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18297 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18298 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18299 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18300 saving the buffer." t nil)
18302 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18303 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18304 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18305 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18307 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18308 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18309 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18310 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18312 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18313 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18314 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18315 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18316 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18317 from the current branch.
18319 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18321 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18322 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18323 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18325 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18326 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18328 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18330 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18331 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18333 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18334 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18335 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18336 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18337 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18338 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18340 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18341 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18342 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18343 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18344 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18345 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18347 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18348 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18350 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18351 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18352 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18353 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18354 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18356 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18357 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18358 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18359 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18360 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18361 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18363 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18364 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18365 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18367 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18368 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18369 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18370 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18371 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18372 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18373 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18375 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18376 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18377 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18378 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18379 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18380 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18381 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18382 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18383 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18386 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18388 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18389 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18390 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18393 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18395 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18396 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18397 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18399 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18400 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18402 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18403 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18405 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18406 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18407 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18408 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18409 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18410 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18412 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18413 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18414 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18415 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18416 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18417 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18418 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18419 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18421 Customization variables:
18423 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18424 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18425 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18426 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15542 65292))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18432 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18433 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18434 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18436 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18441 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18444 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18445 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18446 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18448 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18452 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18453 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18454 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18456 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18457 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18458 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18460 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18462 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18463 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18464 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18465 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18470 ;;;;;; (15444 42464))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18473 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18474 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18479 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18480 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18481 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18482 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18483 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18484 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18485 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18486 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18487 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18488 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18489 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18490 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18491 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18492 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18493 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18494 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18495 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18496 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18497 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18499 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18500 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18501 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18503 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18504 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18505 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18506 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18507 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18508 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18509 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18510 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18511 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18513 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18514 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18515 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18516 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18517 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18518 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18519 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18520 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18522 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18523 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18524 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18527 `--' puts a single comment.
18528 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18529 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18530 comment in between.
18531 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18533 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18534 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18536 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18537 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18538 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18539 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18540 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18541 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18542 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18543 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18544 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18545 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18546 multi-line comments.
18548 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18549 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18550 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18551 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18552 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18553 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18554 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18555 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18556 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18558 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18559 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18560 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18561 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18562 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18563 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18564 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18565 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18566 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18567 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18569 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18570 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18571 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18572 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18573 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18574 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18575 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18576 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18577 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18578 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18579 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18580 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18581 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18583 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18585 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18588 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18590 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18591 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18592 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18593 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18594 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18596 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18597 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18598 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18599 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18600 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18601 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18602 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18603 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18604 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18606 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18607 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18608 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18609 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18612 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18613 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18614 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18615 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18616 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18617 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18619 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18620 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18621 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18622 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18623 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18624 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18625 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18626 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18627 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18628 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18629 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18631 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18632 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18635 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18636 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18637 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18638 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18639 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18640 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18641 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18642 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18644 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18645 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18646 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18647 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18648 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18649 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18651 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18652 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18653 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18654 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18655 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18657 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18658 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18659 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18660 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18661 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18663 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18664 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18665 highlighted if written in lower case.
18667 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18668 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18671 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18672 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18673 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18675 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18676 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18677 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18679 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18680 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18681 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18683 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18684 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18685 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18686 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18687 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18688 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18689 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18691 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18692 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18693 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18694 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18695 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18697 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18698 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18699 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18700 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18703 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18709 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18710 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18712 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18714 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18715 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18716 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18717 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18719 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18720 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18721 version and release notes can be found.
18724 Bugs and Limitations:
18725 ---------------------
18727 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18728 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18729 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18730 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18731 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18732 does not work under XEmacs.
18735 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18736 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18741 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18745 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18748 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18749 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18750 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18751 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18753 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18754 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18755 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18756 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18757 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18759 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18760 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18762 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18764 * Limitations and unsupported features
18765 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18767 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18768 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18771 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18772 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18773 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18774 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18775 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18776 for undoing a repeated change command.
18777 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18778 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18779 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18782 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18783 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18784 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18785 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18786 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18787 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18788 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18789 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18791 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18795 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18796 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18797 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18798 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15371 46423))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18801 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18802 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18804 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18805 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18806 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18807 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18809 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18810 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18812 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18813 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18814 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18815 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18817 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18818 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18820 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18822 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18827 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18828 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371
18830 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18832 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18833 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18834 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18835 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18837 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18839 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18840 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18841 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18842 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18843 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18844 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18845 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18847 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18849 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18850 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18851 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18852 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18853 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18854 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18855 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18856 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18858 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18860 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18861 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18862 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18863 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18864 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18865 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18866 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18867 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18869 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18871 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18872 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18873 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18874 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18875 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18876 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18877 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18879 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18881 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18882 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18883 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18885 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18886 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18887 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18889 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18890 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18892 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18896 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18897 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18898 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18900 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18901 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18902 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18903 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18904 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18905 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18906 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18907 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18909 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18911 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18912 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18913 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18915 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18916 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18917 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18919 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18920 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18921 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18924 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18925 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18926 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18927 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18928 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18930 H, h, ? This message.
18931 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18932 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18933 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18934 > move to the end of buffer.
18935 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18936 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18937 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18938 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18939 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18940 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18941 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18942 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18943 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18944 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18945 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18946 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18947 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18948 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18949 Use this to view a changing file.
18950 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18951 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18952 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18954 x exchanges point and mark.
18955 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18956 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18957 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18958 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18959 ' go to position saved in character register.
18960 s do forward incremental search.
18961 r do reverse incremental search.
18962 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18963 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18964 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18965 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18966 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18967 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18968 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18969 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18970 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18971 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18972 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18973 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18974 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18975 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18976 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18978 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18979 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18980 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18981 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18982 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18983 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18984 will return to that buffer.
18986 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18988 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18989 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18990 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18991 `view-return-to-alist'.
18992 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18993 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18994 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18996 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18997 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18998 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18999 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19000 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19002 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19003 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19004 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19005 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19007 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19009 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19011 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19012 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19016 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19019 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19020 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19024 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19025 ;;;;;; (15464 26328))
19026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19028 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19029 Toggle Viper on/off.
19030 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19032 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19033 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19037 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15391 60705))
19038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19040 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19041 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19043 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19046 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19047 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19051 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19052 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
19053 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19055 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19057 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19058 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19059 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19061 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19063 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19065 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19067 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19068 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19069 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19070 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19072 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19073 and off otherwise." t nil)
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19078 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19079 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19080 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19081 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19082 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19085 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19086 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19088 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19089 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19091 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19092 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19094 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19095 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19097 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19098 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19100 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19101 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19103 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19104 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19105 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19106 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19107 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19109 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19111 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19112 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19114 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19115 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19117 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19118 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19120 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19121 whitespace problems." t nil)
19123 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19124 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19126 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19127 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19130 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19133 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19135 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19137 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19138 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19139 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19141 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19142 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19144 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19145 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19146 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19148 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19149 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19151 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19152 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19154 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19155 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19156 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19157 replaced with TABS).
19158 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19159 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19161 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19163 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19164 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19166 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19167 i - Indentation whitespace.
19168 l - Leading whitespace.
19169 s - Space followed by Tab.
19170 t - Trailing whitespace.
19172 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19175 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19176 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19177 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19178 always they default to 8.)
19180 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19181 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19184 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19185 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19186 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19187 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19188 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19189 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19190 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19193 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19196 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19197 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19198 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19202 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19203 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15468 23941))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19206 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19207 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19209 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19210 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19212 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19213 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19215 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19216 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19217 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19221 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19222 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15472
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19226 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19227 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19229 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19230 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19231 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19233 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19234 Create widget of TYPE.
19235 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19237 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19238 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19240 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19241 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19243 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19244 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19245 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19247 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19248 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19253 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15371
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19257 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19258 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19259 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19260 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19261 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19262 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19263 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19265 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19266 Select the window above the current one.
19267 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19268 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19269 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19270 negative ARG) of the current window.
19271 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19273 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19274 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19275 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19276 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19277 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19278 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19279 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19281 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19282 Select the window below the current one.
19283 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19284 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19285 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19286 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19287 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19289 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19290 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
19294 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19295 ;;;;;; (15484 11830))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19298 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19299 Toggle winner-mode.
19300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19301 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19303 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19305 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19307 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19308 Toggle Winner mode.
19309 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19314 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15417 7411))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19317 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19318 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19319 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19320 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19321 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19322 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19323 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19324 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19326 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19327 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19329 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19330 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19332 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19333 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19334 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19335 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19336 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19337 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19338 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19339 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19343 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19344 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19347 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19348 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19351 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19352 are not implemented
19353 - Options for search and replace
19354 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19355 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19357 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19360 The key bindings are:
19370 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19372 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19373 C-l ws-repeat-search
19376 C-r scroll-down-line
19383 C-y kill-complete-line
19386 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19387 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19388 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19389 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19390 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19391 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19392 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19393 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19394 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19395 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19396 C-k b ws-begin-block
19397 C-k c ws-copy-block
19398 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19400 C-k h ws-show-markers
19401 C-k i ws-indent-block
19403 C-k p ws-print-block
19406 C-k s save-some-buffers
19408 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19409 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19410 C-k v ws-move-block
19411 C-k w ws-write-block
19413 C-k y ws-delete-block
19415 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19416 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19417 C-o j justify-current-line
19420 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19421 C-o r set-fill-column
19422 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19423 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19424 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19425 C-o wo other-window
19426 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19428 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19429 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19430 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19431 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19432 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19433 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19434 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19435 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19436 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19437 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19438 C-q a ws-query-replace
19439 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19440 C-q c end-of-buffer
19443 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19445 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19446 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19447 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19448 C-q w ws-last-error
19450 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19455 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15542
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19459 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19460 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19461 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19463 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19467 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19468 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15417 7434))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19471 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19472 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19474 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19475 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19477 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19478 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19479 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19481 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19482 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19486 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364))
19487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19489 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19490 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19494 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19495 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15391 60705))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19498 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19499 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19501 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19502 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19504 Zone-mode does two things:
19506 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19507 when saving the file
19509 - fontification" t nil)
19513 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("subdirs.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
19514 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "term/x-win.el"
19515 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/european.el" "language/czech.el"
19516 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "xml.el" "w32-fns.el" "faces.el" "dos-fns.el"
19517 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
19518 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
19519 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
19520 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
19521 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
19522 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
19523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "mail/uce.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "tempo.el"
19524 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el"
19525 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "indent.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-hook.el"
19526 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
19527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
19528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
19529 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/meese.el"
19531 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
19532 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
19533 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
19534 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
19535 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
19536 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19537 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
19538 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el"
19539 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el"
19540 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el"
19541 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
19542 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
19543 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
19544 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
19545 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
19546 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
19547 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
19548 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19549 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
19550 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
19551 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19552 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
19553 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
19554 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
19555 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
19556 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
19557 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
19558 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
19559 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
19560 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
19561 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
19562 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
19563 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
19564 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
19565 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
19566 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
19567 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
19568 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
19569 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
19570 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
19571 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
19572 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
19573 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
19574 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
19575 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
19576 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
19577 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
19578 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
19579 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
19580 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
19581 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
19582 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/page.el"
19583 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el"
19584 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el"
19585 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el"
19586 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el"
19587 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/news.el" "term/mac-win.el"
19588 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
19589 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el"
19590 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el"
19591 ;;;;;; "unused.el" "uniquify.el" "timezone.el" "tcp.el" "soundex.el"
19592 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "s-region.el" "regi.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el"
19593 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "forms-pass.el"
19594 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "dos-w32.el"
19595 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "byte-run.el" "abbrev.el"
19596 ;;;;;; "abbrevlist.el" "buff-menu.el" "case-table.el" "custom.el"
19597 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-vers.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el"
19598 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "select.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "xscheme.el"
19599 ;;;;;; "term/internal.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
19600 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
19601 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
19602 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
19603 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
19604 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
19605 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
19606 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
19607 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
19608 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
19609 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/georgian.el"
19610 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
19611 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/thai.el"
19612 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
19613 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-pick.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
19614 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "generic-x.el" "scroll-bar.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19615 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
19616 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "term/pc-win.el"
19617 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/xterm.el" "register.el"
19618 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "paths.el" "vc-hooks.el" "w32-vars.el"
19619 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "international/mule.el" "language/japanese.el"
19620 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
19621 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "frame.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "replace.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
19622 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
19623 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" "allout.el"
19624 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
19625 ;;;;;; "format.el" "help.el" "isearch.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el"
19626 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "pcvs-info.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subr.el"
19627 ;;;;;; "window.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
19628 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
19629 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
19630 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/utf-8.el"
19631 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
19632 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el") (15543 176
19637 ;; Local Variables:
19638 ;; version-control: never
19639 ;; no-byte-compile: t
19640 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
19642 ;;; loaddefs.elends here